CA2180660C - Novel piperidine derivatives with paf antagonist activity - Google Patents
Novel piperidine derivatives with paf antagonist activity Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2180660C CA2180660C CA002180660A CA2180660A CA2180660C CA 2180660 C CA2180660 C CA 2180660C CA 002180660 A CA002180660 A CA 002180660A CA 2180660 A CA2180660 A CA 2180660A CA 2180660 C CA2180660 C CA 2180660C
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- alkyl
- compound
- aryl
- formula
- methyl
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Expired - Fee Related
Links
Landscapes
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Hydrogenated Pyridines (AREA)
Abstract
Compounds of general formula (I) and their salts and solvates are PAF antagonists and as such are useful in the treatment of various diseases or disorders mediated by PAF. Pharmaceutical compositions including these compounds and processes for their preparation are also provided.
Description
1.
Novel piperidine derivatives with PAF antagonist activity.
Field of the invention.
The present invention relates to new piperidine derivatives which are potent platelet activating factor (PAF) antagonists. The invention also relates S to a process for their preparation, to pharmaceutical compositions containing them and to their use in the treatment of diseases in which PAF is involved.
Description of the prior art.
Platelet activating factor (PAF) or (I-O-alkyl-2-acetyl-sn-glyceryl-3 phosphorylcholine), also called acetyl glyceryI ether phosphoryIcholine (AGEPC) or PAF-acether, is a natural phospholipid synthesized by different cells (basophiles, macrophages, neutrophiles, platelets) and tissues (heart, lung and kidney) of the organism.
PAF was described for the first time as a potent platelet aggregating agent. Later on it was demonstrated to have other biological activities in vivo, such as peripheral vasodilatation, increase of the vascular permeability, induction of bronchoconstriction and hyperreactivity of the respiratory tract.
PAF also produces immediate hypotension followed by pulmonary and renal hypertension in rats, guinea pigs, rabbits and dogs, and it has been rated as the most potent ulcerogenic agent described until now.
Novel piperidine derivatives with PAF antagonist activity.
Field of the invention.
The present invention relates to new piperidine derivatives which are potent platelet activating factor (PAF) antagonists. The invention also relates S to a process for their preparation, to pharmaceutical compositions containing them and to their use in the treatment of diseases in which PAF is involved.
Description of the prior art.
Platelet activating factor (PAF) or (I-O-alkyl-2-acetyl-sn-glyceryl-3 phosphorylcholine), also called acetyl glyceryI ether phosphoryIcholine (AGEPC) or PAF-acether, is a natural phospholipid synthesized by different cells (basophiles, macrophages, neutrophiles, platelets) and tissues (heart, lung and kidney) of the organism.
PAF was described for the first time as a potent platelet aggregating agent. Later on it was demonstrated to have other biological activities in vivo, such as peripheral vasodilatation, increase of the vascular permeability, induction of bronchoconstriction and hyperreactivity of the respiratory tract.
PAF also produces immediate hypotension followed by pulmonary and renal hypertension in rats, guinea pigs, rabbits and dogs, and it has been rated as the most potent ulcerogenic agent described until now.
2 0 Consequently, PAF is a mediator that is implicated in a large set of pathological processes such as asthma, septic shock, transplant rejection, thrombosis, ulceration, inflammation and renal diseases.
The closest prior art from the structural point of view is believed to be EP 4-~I226, which discloses pyridylcyanomethylpiperazines and piperidines 2 5 having PAF antagonistic activity, different from the compounds of the present invention.
Description of the invention.
The present invention relates to new piperidine derivatives of general formula I
a_ bvN
/ i . .m~ N
B ~Ai N ~ ~=N
~ I
wherein:
m represents 0, 1 or Z;
a, b and c represent CR, wherein each R independently represents hydrogen or 3 5 C1~ alkyl;
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Rl represents C1...4 alkyl or C~~ cycloalkyl; .
A represents -CO-, -S02-, NHCO- or -0CO-;
B represents a group of formula (i), and when A represents -CO- or -S02-, then B can also represent a group of formula (ii) or (iii) Rs ~/N~
R2 Rs R
(i) (ii) (iii) n represents 0, I, 2 or 3;
one of R2 or R3 represents C1~ alkyl, C3-~ cycloalkyl or aryl, and the other represents hydrogen, Cl~ alkyl, Cl~ haloalkyl, C3_~ cycloalkyl, C1..4 alkoxy-Cl~
alkyl aryl or aryl-C~_4alkyl;
Z represents hydrogen, Cl~ alkyl, -CH2-OR4, -COOR4 or -CONR4R$, and when A represents -CO- or -SOz-, then Z can also be hydroxy, -NR4R5, -NR6C(=O)OR4, -NR6C(=O)R4, -NR6C(=O)NR4R5, -N(OH)C(=O)NR4R5 or -NR6S02R4;
or Z and R3 together form a C2_g polymethylene chain in which case R2 represents C1~ alkyl, C~~ cycloalkyl or aryl;
R4 represents hydrogen, C1.,4 alkyl; aryl or aryl-Cl~ alkyl;
2 0 R$ and R6 independently represent hydrogen or Ct~ alkyl;
R~ represents Cl~ alkyl, C~~ cycioalkyl, aryl, aryl-C1...4 allcyl or bisaryl-C1.~ alkyl;
Y represents hydrogen, Cl~ alkyl, aryl, aryl-CIA alkyl, -C(=O)OR4, -C(=O)R4, -C(=O)NR4R5, or -S02R4;
aryl, whenever appearing in the above definitions, represents phenyl or 2 5 phenyl substituted with 1, 2, 3 or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, C1_4 alkyl, C~_4 alkoxy, hydroxy, C1~ haloalkyl, C1.4 haloalkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, Cl_4 alkylamino, Cl~ dialkylamino, C1..4 alkylcarbonyl, C1_ 4 alkylcarbonyloxy, Cl~ alkoxycarbonyl, Cl~ alkylsulfonyl, C1..4 alkylsulfinyl, Cl~ alkylthio, Cl~ alkylcarbonylamino or Cl~ alkoxycarbonylamino;
3 0 and their salts and solvates.
The invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition which comprises an effective amount of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
3 5 The invention further provides the use of a compound of formula I.or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, or a composition thereof for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of diseases mediated by PAF.
2a The invention further provides a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, or a composition thereof for the treatment or prevention of diseases mediated by PAF.
The invention further provides a commercial package comprising a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, or a composition thereof, together with instructions for its use for the treatment or prevention of diseases mediated by PAF.
Preferred is the use for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of ischemia and shock states such as septic shock, anaphylactic shock, hemorrhagic shock and myocardial ischemia; pancreatitis; and diseases related with allergy and inflammation such as asthma, dermatitis, urticaria, arthritis and psoriasis.
The invention also provides the use of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof , or a composition thereof for the treatment or prevention of diseases mediated by PAF. Preferred is the use for the treatment or prevention of ischemia and shock states such as.
1 D septic shock, anaphylactic shock, hemorrhagic shock and myocardial ischemia;
pancreatitis; and diseases related with allergy and inflammation such as asthma, dermatitis, urticaria, arthritis and psoriasis.
The invention further provides a method of treating or preventing diseases mediated by PAF in a mammal, which comprises administering to 1 5 said mammal an effective amount of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. Preferred is a method of treating or preventing ischemia and shock states such as septic shack, anaphylactic shock, hemorrhagic shock and myocardial ischemia; pancreatitis;
and diseases related with allergy and inflammation such as asthma, dermatitis, 2 0 urticaria, arthritis and psoriasis in a mammal in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
The invention still further provides a process for preparing a compound of formula I which comprises:
2 5 (A) reacting a compound of formula II, a.~b~
I
~.N ~c HN ""'N
R~
It 3 0 wherein a, b, c, m and Rl have the previously described meaning, with an arid of formula BCOOH (III) or a suitable derivative thereof such as the and chloride or the anhydride, a sulfonyl chloride of formula BS02CI (IV), a compound of formula BOC(=O)G (V), a compound of formula BNHC(=O)G
(VI) or a compound of formula BN=C=O (VII), wherein B has the previously WO 96/14317 ~~ ; '. PCT/F,P95/03487 ~ , ;l . . ...
2~.~~6~d 4 described meaning and G represents a good leaving group such as chloro or -0Ph; or (B) converting in one or a plurality of steps a compound of formula I into another compound of formula I; and (C) if desired, after steps A or B, reacting a compound of formula I with an acid to give the corresponding and addition salt.
The invention yet further provides novel intermediates of formula II
a/b'N
l _, ~N ~c HN -'N
R~
li wherein a, b, c, m and Rl have the meaning described above for the compounds of formula I. The compounds of formula II are valuable intermediates in the preparation of the compounds of the present invention.
Compounds of formula I may have one or more aymmetric centers, which can give rise to stereoisomers. The present invention covers each of the individual stereoisomers as well as their mixtures. Moreover, some compounds of the present invention may show cis/trans isomery. The present 2 0 invention covers each of the geometric isomers and the mixtures thereof.
In the above definitions, the term C1~ alkyl, as a group or part of a group, means a linear or branched alkyl group that contains from one to four carbon atoms. Therefore, it includes methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, and tent-butyl.
2 5 The term C1~ alkoxy, as a group or part of a group, means a group derived from the union of a Cl_4 alkyl group like the above mentioned to an oxygen atom of an ether functional group. Examples include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, isobutoxy, sec-butoxy, and tert-butoxy.
A halogen group or its abbreviation halo represents fluoro, chloro, 3 0 bromo or iodo.
A group C3_~ cycloalkyl represents cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl or cycloheptyl.
A group C2_5 polymethylene represents ethylene, propylene, butylene and pentylene.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 96!14317 PCT/EP95/03487 S
t.
A Cl.~ haloalkyl group means a group resulting from the substitution of one or more hydrogen atoms of a C1~ alkyl group by one or more halogen atoms (i.e. fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine), which can be the same or different. Examples include trifluoromethyl, fluoromethyl, chloroethyl, fluoroethyl, iodoethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, pentafluoroethyl, fluoropropyl, chloropropyl, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, heptafluoropropyl, fluorobutyl, and nonafluorobutyl.
A Clue haloalkoxy group means a group resulting from the substitution of one or mare hydrogen atoms of a Clue alkoxy group by one or more halogen 1 0 atoms, which can be the same or different. Examples include trifluoromethoxy, fluoromethoxy, chloroethoxy, fluoroethoxy, iodoethoxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy pentafluoroethoxy, fluoropropoxy, chloropropoxy, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropoxy, heptafluoropropoxy, fluorobutoxy, and nonafluorobutoxy.
1 5 A Cl_4 alkylamino or C1_4 dialkylamino group represents a group resulting from the substitution of one or two hydrogen atoms, respectively, of an amino group by one or two C1~ alkyl groups, which can be the same or different. Examples include methylamino, dimethylamino, ethylamino, diethylamino, ethylmethylamino, propylamino, dipropylamino, 2 0 isopropylamino and diisopropylamino.
A Cl.ø alkylcarbonyl group represents a group resulting from the union of a C1~ alkyl group to a carbonyl group. Examples include acetyl, propionyl, isopropionyl, and butanoyl.
A C1~ alkylcarbonyloxy group represents a group resulting from the 2 5 union of a Clue alkylcarbonyl group to an oxygen atom of an ether functional group. Examples include acetyloxy, propionyloxy, isopropionyloxy, and butanoyloxy.
A C1_4 alkoxycarbonyl group represents a group resulting from the union of a C1_4 alkoxy group to a carbonyl group. Examples include 3 0 methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, propoxycarbonyl, isopropoxycarbonyl, butoxycarbonyl, isobutoxycarbonyl, sec-butoxycarbonyl and tent-butoxycarbonyl.
A Clue alkylsulfonyl group represents a group resulting from the union of a Cl.~ alkyl group to a sulfonyl group. Examples include methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, propylsulfonyl, isopropylsulfonyl, butylsulfonyl, 3 5 isobutylsulfonyl, sec-butylsulfonyl, and tent-butylsulfonyl.
A Clue alkylsulfinyl group represents a group resulting from the union of a C1~ alkyl group to a sulfinyl group. Examples include methylsulfinyl, ethylsulfinyl, ~ropylsulfinyl, isopropylsulfinyl, butylsulfinyl, isobutylsulfinyl, sec-butylsulfinyl, and tent-butylsulfinyl.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 96/14317 \ pC'lyEP95/03487 ~ , A Cl~ alkylthio group represents a group resulting from the union of a C1.~ alkyl group to a sulphur atom of a thioether funtional group. Examples include methylthio, ethylthio, propylthio, isopropylthio, butylthio, isobutylthio, sec-butylthio, and tent-butylthio.
A Cl~ alkylcarbonylamino group represents a group resulting from the substitution of a hydrogen atom of an amino group by a Cl~ alkylcarbonyl group. Examples include acetamido, propanamido and isopropanamido.
A Cl~ alkoxycarbonylamino group represents a group resulting from the substitution of a hydrogen atom of an amino group by a C1-4 alkoxycarbonyl group. Examples include methoxycarbonylamino, ethoxycarbonylamino, propoxycarbonylamino, isopropoxycarbonylamino, butoxycarbonylamino, isobutoxycarbonylamino, sec-butoxycarbonylamino and tent-butoxycarbonylamino.
A C~~ alkoxyCl~ alkyl group represents a group resulting from the 1 5 substitution of a hydrogen atom of a C1~ alkyl group by a C1~ alkoxy group.
Examples include among others methoxymethyl, ethoxymethyl, propoxymethyl, isopropoxymethyl, butoxymethyl, isobutoxymethyl, sec butoxymethyl, tert-butoxymethyl, 2-methoxyethyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, 2 propoxyethyl, 2-isopropoxyethyl, 2-butoxyethyl, 2-isobutoxyethyl, 2-sec 2 0 butoxyethyl, 2-tent-butoxyethyl, I-methoxyethyl, I-ethoxyethyl, I-propoxyethyl, 1-isopropoxyethyl, I-butoxyethyl, I-isobutoxyethyl, I-sec-butoxyethyl, and 1-terf-butoxyethyl.
An aryl-C1_4 alkyl group represents a group resulting from the substitution of one hydrogen atom of a C1_4 alkyl group by an aryl group as 2 5 defined above. Examples include among others, benzyl, 1-phenylethyl, 3 phenylpropyl, 2-phenylpropyl, 1-phenylpropyl, 4-phenylbutyl, 3-phenylbutyl, 2-phenylbutyl and I-phenyibutyl, wherein the phenyl groups can be substituted as described above in the definition of an aryl group.
A bisaryl-C1_4 alkyl group represents a group resulting from the 3 0 substitution of two hydrogen atoms of a Cl~ alkyl group by two aryl groups as defined above, which can be the same or different. Examples include among others, diphenylmethyl, 2,2-diphenylethyl, 1,1-diphenylethyl, I,2 diphenylethyl, 3,3-diphenylpropyl, 2,2-diphenylpropyl, I,I-diphenylpropyl, 3,2 diphenylpropyl, 1,3-diphenylpropyl, and 1,2-diphenyipropyl, wherein the 3 S phenyl groups can be substituted as described above in the definition of an aryl group.
Preferred compounds include those in which, independently or in any compatible combination:
m represents 1 or 2;
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE ?~';~
~I8~U6~0 n represents 0, 1 or 2;
A represents -CO- or -S02-;
A represents -NHCO- or -OCO-;
B represents a group of formula (i);
B represents a group of formula (ii);
B represents a group of formula (iii) Z represents hydrogen, Cl.~ alkyl, -CH2-OR4, -COOR4; or -CONR4R5, and when A represents -CO- or -S02-, Z can also represent hydroxy, -NR6C(=O)OR4, -NR6C(=O)R4 or -NR6S02R4;
I 0 Z and R3 together form a C2_5 polymethylene chain;
R~ represents Cl~ alkyl, C~~ cycloalkyl or aryl;
aryl represents phenyl or phenyl substituted with I, 2, 3 or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, C1_4 alkyl, CI_4 alkoxy, hydroxy, Cl_4 haloalkyl, Cl~ haloalkoxy or amino.
1 5 Accordingly, a preferred class of compounds of formula I is that wherein:
m represents 1 or 2;
a, b and c represent CR, wherein each R independently represents hydrogen or Cl~ alkyl;
2 0 Rl represents Cl.~ alkyl or C3_~ cycloalkyl;
A represents -CO- or -S02-;
B represents a group of formula (i), (ii) or (iii) n RWN
2 5 (i) (ii) (iii) n represents I or 2;
one of R2 or R3 represents C1_4 alkyl, C3_~ cycloalkyl or aryl, and the other represents hydrogen, C1~ alkyl, C1~ haloalkyl, C3_~ cycloalkyl, C1..4 alkoxy-C1..4 3 0 alkyl , aryl or aryl-C~-4alkyl;
Z represents hydrogen, C1~ alkyl, -CH2-OR4, -COOR4, -CONR4R5, hydroxy, -NR6C(=O)OR4, -NR6C(=O)R4 or -NR6SOZR4;
or Z and R3 together form a C2_5 polymethylene chain in which case R2 represents C1.~ alkyl, C~~ cycloalkyl or aryl;
3 5 R4 represents hydrogen, Cl~ alkyl, aryl or aryl-C1~ alkyl;
RS and R6 independently represent hydrogen or C1..4 alkyl;
R~ represents Cl~ alkyl, C~~ cycloalkyl or aryl;
SU6STI T UTE SHEE T (RULE 26) WO 96/14317 ' PCT/EP95/03487 ~ ' z~sosso~
Y represents hydrogen, Cl~ alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1~ alkyl, -C(=O)OR4, -C(=O)R4, -C(=O)NR4R5, or -S02R4; and aryl in the above definitions represents phenyl or phenyl substituted with I, 2, 3 or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, Cl_4 alkyl, C1~ alkoxy, hydroxy, Cl~ haloalkyl, C1~ haloalkoxy or amino.
A preferred group of compounds within this class is that wherein:
B represents a group of formula (i) or (iii);
one of R2 or R3 represents C1_4 alkyl, C3_~ cycloalkyl or aryl, and the other represents hydrogen, C1~ alkyl, Cl~ haloalkyl, C3_~ cycloalkyl, Cl~ alkoxy-C1~
1 0 alkyl , aryl or aryl-C ~ -4 alkyl ;
Z represents hydrogen, Cl~ alkyl, -CH2-0R4, -COOR4 or hydroxy;
or Z and R3 together form a C2_g polymethylene chain in which case R2 represents C1..4 alkyl, C~~ cycloalkyl or aryl;
R4 represents hydrogen, C1~ alkyl, aryl or aryl-C1~ alkyl;
1 5 R~ represents C~.~ alkyl, C~~ cydoalkyl or aryl; and Y represents Cl.~ alkyl, aryl, or -S02R4.
Another preferred group of compounds within this class is that wherein:
B represents a group of formula (ii); and 2 0 one of R2 or R3 represents C~.ø alkyl or aryl, and the other represents hydrogen, Cl~ alkyl, C1..4 alkoxy-C1~ alkyl , aryl or aryl C~-4 alkyl.
Another preferred class of compounds of formula I is that wherein:
m represents 1 or 2;
a, b and c represent CR, wherein each R independently represents hydrogen or 2 5 C1~ alkyl;
Rl represents Cl.ø alkyl or C~7 cycloalkyl;
A represents -NHCO- or -OCO-;
B represents a group of formula (i);
Z
(i) n represents 0 or I;
one of R2 or R3 represents C1~ alkyl, C3_~ cycloalkyl or aryl, and the other 3 5 represents hydrogen, Cl~ alkyl, C1~ haloalkyl, C3_~ cycloalkyl, Cl~ alkoxy-Cl.~
alkyl ~ aryl or aryl-C~-4 alkyl;
Z represents hydrogen, Clue alkyl, -CH2-OR4, -COOR4, or -CONR4R5;
SUBSTITUTE SHEI= T (RULE 261 WO 96/14317 ~ ~ I PCT/EP95/03487 .~
or Z and R3 together form a C2_S polymethylene gain in which case R2 represents C1~ alkyl, C~~ cycloalkyl or aryl;
R4 represents hydrogen, C1~ alkyl, aryl or aryl-Cl.~ alkyl;
RS represents hydrogen or C1~ alkyl; and aryl in the above definitions represents phenyl or phenyl substituted with 1, 2, 3 or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, C1~ alkyl, Cl~ aIkoxy, hydroxy, Cl~ haloalkyl, C1~ haloalkoxy or amino.
The formulae of some specific compounds are represented below, together with the number corresponding to the example in which their 1 0 preparation is described:
SUBSTITUTE SHE/: T (RULE 261 ~N I N
I N N
N~~ N 1 I / N~~ N
O HO O
I/ I
N
I/ I N
N~ '~~ z N N
I o i/ o I ~N I ~N
Me0 N N~~ N 3 AcNH Nt J N N 10 r\
O O I / O
I
~N
N ~N
H ~ iN 4 H N
Me0 N N~ N N~ '-N 11 n o / I o I / / o I
~N I N
H NI~~
Bu'O H N
N N~~ N 5 N N~ ~ N 1..
I I
\
NH ~N / N
z / H N ~
\ I N N~~ N 6 N N' J N N 13 O / O NHz I / / O
\I \I
I 'N / N
N ~ ~N
\ N N~~ N 7 N' J N 14 I H~
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) '. ,'" ,.,, ~ .,r, ,. ~ PGT/EP95/03487 ,z...~ ~k.~m N ~N / ~N
N~~N ~ 15 N' J LN 21 O HO /~a / ~ O
N~ / ~ N ~N
/ N ~ N
N~~ N 16 N~~ N 2 2 O O
NOz N_~N N_~N
N~~N 17a ~~N 23 O O
NHz NHz / ~N / ~N
HzN \ ~ ' N~~N 17b ' N'J LN 24 fl r ~ 11 / O N~ / O
~N ~N
N~~ N ~ N~~ N
j[ il HO O NH ~ / O
z ~N / ~N
/ N I~ N
N~)-N 19 EtOOC N~~N 26 EtOOC ~ O
NOz ~~ O I ~ N // N
NH H N ~ N
N~~=N 20 Et00C N~~N 27 R
O / O
NHz SUBSTITUTE SHEET RULE 26) ,. , PCT/EP95/03487 ~N / ~N
EeDOC N N 2 8 O N ~ 3 5 ~~N EtO~ N~ ~N
N
O O
I I
~_N I N
I N O H N
\ N~~ N 19 E~ N N~ N 3 6 I O O
NOZ
I N N
N~ H N I
\ N~~ N EtOOC N N~ -N
30 ~ ~ 37 i O \ O
\I I~
~_N I N
H N N
EtO~ N N~~= N 31 EIOOC N N~ N 3 8 O / I O O
NHZ
I 'N I N
N H N
N~,' N 3 2 EtOOC N N~ -N 3 9 O / O
\ I
N~N 33 I'N
N~ 40 HO N~~ N N~ -N
O
O
H2N ~N / N
I H '~ N
~S. N N~~ N 3 4 N~ N 41 Os O
O O
I I
~/
SU6STITUTE SNEFT (RULE 261 N ~N N ~N
~N N~~N 4Z \ I N N~~N 49 H
I
~N I N
~N ~ N
N~~ N H
4 3 N N~~N 5 0 N
/ O O
\I I
NOZ
~N I
N ~l~'~,~
H N
N~~-~ N y.. N N~ -N
/ p 44 0 ~ 51 \I \i NHy ~N I N
I \ H N ~ O N
N N~~-=N 4 5 \ N~ N S 2 N' o i / / o I/
~I
I N I
O N ~ N
N~ J
O O
I \ i ~'N N 46 \ ~S~N N~~N 53 HZN / ~O( I /
I vN I N
N ~ 47 O N~ 54 L N N
FCC N N Et0 N
HO ~~ / O
I \ O I
~N NOZ N
HZN / I N ~~(~~, O ~N I
\ N~~N 48 E~~N N' J LN 55 /-O
/ O
\I
NHZ
SUBSTITUTE SNE.ET (R~1LE ~R1 WO 96/14317 ~" ~ ; PCT/EP95/03487 ~N ~ N
~I J
N 56 H N~ 63 N~~=. N N N~ -N
O
O
I
~N N~ N
N ~ H N
N N~~-N 5 ~ N N -N 6 4 Y
O .I O . o \ \I
/ N
N~ H~ ~ /'N
EtOOC N N -N ~ N
\ N '~ N
58 / ~~ 65 O
I O
\
N
H N I ~ I N
N
N N~~N 5 9 ~ N -N 6 6 ~ N ~~-p nneo \I \i ~N H
N' ~~J p N ~N
Et0 N N~~-N 6 0 ~ O / ~ H N
~N N~~N 67 O O
\ I
~N HZN // N
S. ~N ~ 61 i ~ H ~N~~ 68 N~ J ~N \ N~N' J ~-N
O O O
\ I
I N / N
N ~ N
N~~=N 6 2 N~~N 6 9 I I
\
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 96/14317 ' PGT/EP95/03487 _~N ~N
O N~~ N 7 O N N~~=N 7 4 I v O I ~ O
N~N N / ~N
I ~ N~~ N I 71 ~ SOZ N N~~ N 7 S
~o 0 ~N ~, JN .
N ~ N T
~ SOz N N~~=N 7 Z ~ SOZ N~~ N 7 6 N
NOZ I ~ ~ O HZN
I
// N
N ~7~'' ~ SOz N N~~= N 7 3 H2N I ~ / O
I
The compounds of formula I contain basic nitrogen atoms and, 5 consequently, they can form salts with acids, which are also included in the present invention. There is no limitation on the nature of these salts, provided that, when used for therapeutic purposes, they are pharmaceutically acceptable, which, as is well-known in the art, means that thev do not have reduced activity (or unacceptable reduced activity) or increased toxicity (or 1 0 unacceptable increased toxicity) compared with the free compounds.
Examples of these salts include: salts with an inorganic acid such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic aad, hydriodic acid, nitric acid, perchloric acid, sulfuric acid or phosphoric acid; and salts with an organic acid, such as methanesulfonic acid, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-15 toluenesulfonic aad, fumaric acid, oxalic acid, malefic acid, citric acid, succinic acid, tartaric acid; and other mineral and carboxylic acids well known to those skilled in the art. The salts are prepared by reacting the free base with a sufficient amount of the desired acid to produce a salt in the conventional manner. Free bases and their salts differ in certain physical properties, such as 2 0 solubility, but they are equivalent for the purposes of the invention.
The compounds of the present invention can exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms, including hydrated forms. In general, the solvated forms, SUBSTITUTE SNEFT SRI il F ~~~
~Z 8p6~~
with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol and the like, are equivalent to the unsolvated forms for the purposes of the invention.
Some compounds of the present invention can exist as different diastereoisomers and/or optical isomers. Diastereoisomers can be separated by conventional techniques such as chromatography or fractional crystallization.
The optical isomers can be resolved using any of the conventional techniques of optical resolution to give optically pure isomers. Such a resolution can be performed in any chiral synthetic intermediate as well as in the products of general formula I. The optical resolution techniques include separation by chromatography on a chiral phase or formation of a diastereoisomeric pair, resolution and subsequent recovery of the two enantiomers. The optically pure isomers can also be individually obtained using enantiospeczfic synthesis. The present invention covers both the individual isomers and their mixtures (e.g.
racemic mixtures), whether as obtained by synthesis or by physically mixing them up.
Furthermore, some of the compounds of the present invention may present cis/trans isomery. The geometric isomers can be separated by conventional techniques such as chromatography or recrystallization. Such a separation can be performed either upon the products of formula I or upon 2 0 any synthetic intermediate thereof. The individual isomers can also be obtained using stereospecific synthesis. The present invention covers each of the geometric isomers and the mixtures thereof.
The compounds of formula I may be prepared using the methods described below. It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that the precise 2 5 method used for the preparation of a given compound may vary depending on its chemical structure. The reactions are performed in a solvent appropriate to the reagents and materials employed and suitable for the transformation being effected. Moreover, in some of the processes described below it will be desirable or necessary to protect reactive or labile groups using conventional protecting 3 0 groups, for example the groups described below. Both the nature of these protecting groups and the procedures for their introduction and removal are well known in the art (see, e. g. Greene T. W., "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", John Wiley & Sons, New York, 198/).
The compounds of formula I can be obtained in general from amines of 3 5 formula II by reaction with an acid chloride of formula BCOCl (VIII), a sulfonyl chloride of formula BS02C1 (IV), a compound of formula BOC(=O)G (V), a compound of formula BNHC(=O)G (VI) or a compound of formula BN=C=O
(VII):
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) scoci (van aso2ci (><~
N B~(~x M
t BNHC(-0~ (~'I) N ~ c BN=C--o (~
HN~ ,=N I
R' (In wherein B, a, b, c, m and R1 have the previously described meaning and G
represents a good leaving group such as chloro or -OPh. This reaction is carried out in the presence of a proton scavenger amine such as triethylamine or pyridine in a suitable solvent, or using the base as solvent. Examples of suitable solvents include halogenated hydrocarbons, such as dichloromethane and chloroform; ethers, such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran and dioxane;
and aromatic hydrocarbons, such as benzene and toluene. The reaction is 1 0 carried out at a temperature preferably between 0 °C and the boiling point of the solvent. As an alternative to the acid chloride, the anhydride can be employed. Isocyanate derivatives of formula VII may have been previously prepared or may be generated in situ from the corresponding acid derivative of formula BCOZH (III) by known procedures such as for example by treatment 1 5 with diphenylphosphorylazide in the presence of triethylamine.
As it will be apparent to those skilled in the art, a compound of formula I wherein A represents -NHCO- may also be prepared by inverting the functionality of the reactive groups involved, i.e. by reacting an amine of formula BNHZ (IX) with a reactive carbamate derivative of amine II, for 2 0 example its phenylcarbamate derivative, which derivative can be prepared from amine II by conventional procedures such as treatment with phenyl chloroformate under standard conditions.
Alternatively, compounds of formula I wherein A represents -CO- can also be prepared by a dehydration procedure between amines of formula II and 2 5 a carboxylic and of formula BCOOH (III). This process can be carried out using any conventional reaction of amide bond formation, such as reacting an amine with an acid in the presence of an appropriate condensing agent such as a diimide, e.g. dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, alone or in combination with I-hydroxybenzotriazole. This reaction is carried out in an inert solvent such as a 3 0 halogenated hydrocarbon, for example dichloromethane or chloroform; an ether, for example tetrahydrofuran or dioxane; acetonitrile, or dimethylformamide. The reaction is carried out at a temperature preferably ~I IIRSTITI1T~ CN~GT !AI II ~ ~R~
comprised between 0 and 60°C during a reaction time preferably from 6 to 24 hours.
Moreover, a compound of formula I may also be obtained by interconversion from another compound of formula I.
Thus, for example, the compounds of formula I in which B represents a group of formula (i) wherein Z represents -NR6C(=O)OR4, -NR6C(=O)R4, -NR6C(=O)NR4R5 or -NR6S02R4 or a group of formula (iii) wherein Y is different from hydrogen can be prepared from the corresponding compounds of formula I in which B represents a group of formula (i) wherein Z represents 1 0 -NHR6 or a group of formula (iii) wherein Y= H, respectively, by conventional reactions, which are well known to those skilled in the art, as shown in Scheme I. Examples thereof include alkylations, acyiations, preparation of sulfonamides, carbamates and ureas. These reactions are widely described in the literature and are carried out in accordance with the usual conditions 1 5 employed in organic chemistry for such transformations.
These compounds of formula I in which B represents a group of formula (i) wherein Z represents -NHR6 or a group of formula (iii) wherein Y=
H can be prepared by the general procedures described above for the preparation of compounds I but starting from an acid of formula III (or the 2 0 corresponding acid chloride or anhydride) or a sulfonyl chloride of formula IV
wherein the amino group is blocked with an amino protecting group (P), as shown in Scheme 1. As amino protecting groups it is possible to use any amino protecting group known in the art, such as for example a tert-butoxycarbonyl group. In this case, it will be necessary a subsequent step for 2 5 removing the protecting group in order to obtain a compound of formula I.
Deprotection is carried out using conventional procedures, such as the procedures described below.
SU$STITUTE SHEET (RULE 261 PG"T/EP95/03487 P
I P
Fis R3 Q or Rr~N~Q
wherein Q= COzH (ITI) S4iC1 (IV) a. b~~N
_ I
_N / c HN~ ,.... ~N
R~
a. b~~N a. b~~N
I
P N ~~ N / ~c RsiN AiNJ ~~N RvN~AiN~ ~=N
Rs ~ R I R~
~ ~b~N a~byN
i H 'rtr'N ~c N ~c Rs~N ANN ~=N Rv ~ iNJ ~=N
R3 Rv N A R~
I I
I I
Scheme 1 wherein a, b, c, Rl, R2, R3, R6, R~, m and n have the previously described meaning; A represents -CO- or -S02-; P represents an amino protecting group, such as a tent-butoxycarbonyl group and Q represents a group C02H (thus giving rise to acids of formula III) or a group S02C1 (thus giving rise to sulfonyl chlorides of formula IV).
Another example of interconversions between compounds of formula I
1 0 is the reduction of a nitro group in a compound of formula I to an amino group. This reduction can be carried out by using any known reducing agent for aromatic vitro groups which is compatible with the other functional groups present in the molecule. Examples of suitable reducing agents include:
Zn under a wide range of pH conditions in a suitable solvent such as ethanol-1 5 water mixtures at a temperature preferably between room temperature and that of the boiling point of the solvent, more preferably between 50 and 60°C;
SUBSTITUTE SNFFT rpt n ~ ~~~
NaZS204 in a suitable solvent such as mixtures of water and an organic solvent, for example tetrahydrofuran, ethanol or pyridine; SnCl2 under a wide range of pH conditions in a suitable organic solvent such as ethanol; Sn or Fe under a wide range of pH conditions; NaBH4 in the presence of a suitable 5 catalyst such as a Sn, Co or Pd salt in a suitable organic solvent such as ethanol;
and formic acid or ammonium formate in the presence of Pd/C. Alternatively, the reduction can be carried out by hydrogenation in the presence of a catalyst such as palladium on carbon in a suitable solvent such as an alcohol at a temperature preferably between room temperature and that of the boiling 1 0 point of the solvent, at a pressure preferably between atmospheric pressure and 10 atmospheres and during a reaction time preferably between 1 and 48 h.
As it will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, the interconversion of the substituents as described above can be effected either upon the final compounds of formula I or upon any synthetic intermediate thereof.
15 The salts of the compounds of formula I can be prepared by conventional procedures by treatment for example with an acid such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric aad, nitric aad, oxalic acid or fumaric aad.
Amines of formula II can be prepared following the process described in Scheme 2, which is shown below:
SUfsSTIT(JTF SNFrT I~t It F ~Rv WO 96/14317 , PCT/EP95/03487 vm-NH2 »~NH g A ~b ~N .N I
P b.a~ L P N
(X) ~~ (XII) N02 N, c N02 . (XI) B
a, b~~N
1 l N ~c _ _ C ..,.. -N H
PiN ~N PAN I b R~ ~ N
(XIV) NH2 c' (XIII) D
a, b.~N
l N \/c HN ~_- ~N
R' Scheme Z ~ (n) wherein a, b, c, m and Rl have the previously described meaning; P represents an amino protecting group such as a tent-butoxycarbonyl group and L
represents halogen or C1_6 alkoxy.
In a first step (step A), a compound of formula X is allowed to react with a compound of formula XI in the presence of a proton scavenger amine such as triethylamine in a suitable solvent such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example chloroform, at a suitable temperature, preferably between room 1 0 temperature and that of the boiling point of the solvent, to give a compound of formula XII.
The reduction of a compound of formula XII (step B) leads to a compound of formula XIII. This reduction can be carried out by hydrogenation in the presence of a catalyst such as palladium on carbon in a suitable solvent 1 5 such as an alcohol at a temperature preferably between room temperature and SUBSTITUTE SMEFT (RULE 261 WO 96/14317 ~ ~ PCT/EP95/03487 that of the boiling point of the solvent, at a pressure preferably between atmospheric pressure and IO atmospheres and during a reaction time preferably between I and 48 h. Alternatively, this reduction may be carried out using a suitable reducing agent such as Na2S204 in a suitable solvent such as mixtures of water and an organic solvent, for example tetrahydrofuran, ethanol or pyridine.
In step C, a compound of formula XIII is allowed to react with an imino ether salt of formula R1C(=NH)OR8.HX (XV, wherein Rl has the previously described meaning, Rg represents C1_6 alkyl and X represents halogen) in a 1 0 suitable solvent such as an alcohol, for example ethanol, to give a compound of formula XIV. This reaction is carried out at a temperature preferably between room temperature and that of the boiling point of the solvent, during a reaction time preferably between 6 and 48 h. Alternatively, instead of an imino ether it is possible to use a carboxylic acid of formula R1COOH (XVI), an 1 5 and halide of formula R1COX (XVII), an anydride of formula (R1C0)20 (XVIII) or a trialkylorthoester of formula R1C(OR8)3 (XIX), wherein Rl, X and R8 have the previously described meaning.
Finally, deprotection of the piperidinic nitrogen atom of a compound of formula XIV (step D) leads to a compound of formula II. The agent used for 2 0 this deprotection and the reaction conditions employed will depend upon the nature of the protecting group present. Thus, if the protecting group is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group, deprotection can be carried out by treatment with an acid (for example an inorganic acid such as hydrochloric acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid or the like or an organic acid such as toluenesulfonic acid, 2 5 methanesulfonic acid, acetic and, or trifluoroacetic and) in a suitable solvent such as water, an alcohol (e.g. methanol), an ether (e.g. tetrahydrofuran or dioxane) or a halogenated hydrocarbon (e.g. dichloromethane), at a temperature preferably between 0°C and room temperature.
The above reactions are all per se known ones and are carried out in 3 0 accordance with the described procedures.
Acids of formula II I and sulfonyl chlorides of formula I V are commercially available, widely described in the literature or can be prepared by procedures known to those skilled in the art, starting from commercially available products or products which have already been reported in the 3 5 literature. Examples of these reactions include alkylations, acylations, conjugated additions to double bonds, Wittig reaction for the preparation of double bonds, preparation of sulfonamides, reductive aminations, and the like. All these reactions are known per se and are carried out in accordance with the reported conditions.
SI IRRTITI ITF RNFFT fRl II F 2f1 z~s~ssa WO 96/14317 '.s ~ .: j ~t ~ PC"T/EP95/03487 Compounds of formulae BOC(=O)G (V) and BNHC(=O)G (VI) can be readily prepared from the corresponding alcohols and amines of formulae BOH and BNH2, respectively, by conventional procedures, for example by treatment with phenyl chloroforrna~e.
Isocyanates of formula BN=C=O (VII) can be prepared from acids of formula BCOOH (III) using a sequence which comprises the following steps:
conversion of the acid to an acylazide by treatment for example with diphenylphosphorylazide; and subsequent Curtius rearrangement of said acylazide to give an isocyanate. This sequence for preparing isocyanates from 1 0 carboxylic acids is widely described in the literature and can be carried ~ out in accordance with the reported conditions.
The compounds of formulae X, XI, XV, XVI, XVII, XVIII and XIX, as well as alcohols of formula BOH and amines of formula BNH2 are commercially available, widely described in the literature or can be prepared by methods 1 5 analogous to those known in the art starting from commercially available products.
Compounds of general formula I, being potent PAF antagonists, are useful as a preventive and therapeutic drugs for the treatment of circulatory diseases where PAF is involved, such as thrombosis, cerebral apoplexy ( e.g.
2 0 cerebral hemorrhage, cerebral thrombosis), angina pectoris, thrombotic phlebitis, thrombocitopenic purple, nephritis (e.g. glomerular nephritis), diabetic nephrosis, pancreatiris; ischemia and shock states (e.g. septic shock observed after severe infection or postoperatively, intravascular agglutination syndrome caused by endotoxin, anaphylactic shock, hemorrhagic shock, 2 5 myocardial infarction); digestive tract diseases wherein PAF is involved (e.g.
gastric ulcer, inflamatory bowel disease); diseases related to allergy and inflammation (e.g. asthma, dermatitis, urticaria, arthritis, psoriasis);
pneumonia; rejection due to inczeased PAF production after implantations of organs; postoperative organodysfunction (e.g. in heart, liver and kidney) and 3 0 any other condition in which PAF is implicated. They may also be used for contraception of female mammals by suppressing cell division and/or ovoimplantation on the uterus, in the treatment of endometriosis and in the prevention or treatment of hyperendothelinemia induced by excess secretion of endothelin.
3 S According to the activity of the compounds disclosed, the present invention further provides compositions that comprise a compound of the invention together with an excipient and optionally other auxiliary agents, if necessary. The compounds of the present invention can be administered in different pharmaceutical preparations, the precise nature of which will SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) depend, as it is well known, upon the chosen route of administration and the nature of the pathology to be treated.
Thus, solid compositions according to the present invention for oral administration include compressed tablets, dispersible powders, granules and capsules. In tablets, the active component is admixed with at least one inert diluent such as lactose, starch, mannitol, miQOCrystalline cellulose or calcium phosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents for example corn starch, gelatine, microcrystalIine cellulose or polyvinylpyrrolidone; and lubricating agents for example magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc. The tablets may be 1 0 coated by known techniques to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract and, thereby, provide a sustained action over a longer period. Gastric film-coated or enteric film-coated tablets can be made with sugar, gelatin, hydroxypropylcelIulose, or acrylic resins. Tablets with a sustained action may also be obtained using an excipient which provides 1 5 regressive osmosis, such as the galacturonic acid polymers. Formulations for oral use may also be presented as hard capsules of absorbable material, such as gelatin, wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent and lubricating agents, or pasty materials, such as ethoxylated saturated glycerides.
Soft gelatin capsules are also possible, wherein the active ingredient is mixed 2 0 with water or an oily medium, for example peanut oil, Iiquid paraffin or olive oil.
Dispersible powders and granules suitable for the preparation of a suspension by the addition of water provide the active ingredient in admixture with dispersing or wetting agents, suspending agents, such as 2 5 sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gum tragacanth, xantham gum, gum acacia, and one or more preservatives, such as methyl or n-propyl-p-hydroxybenzoate. Additional excipients, for example sweetening, flavouring and colouring agents may also be present.
3 0 Liquid compositions for oral administration include emulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs containing commonly used inert diluents, such as distilled water, ethanol, sorbitol, glycerol, or propylene glycol. Such compositions may also comprise adjuvants such as wetting agents, suspending agents, sweetening, flavouring, perfuming, preserving 3 5 agents and buffers.
Other compositions for oral administration include spray or aerosol compositions, which may be prepared by known methods. These compositions, which can disperse the active ingredient in the form of drops of SU~BS~TUTE Si~T (RI~.E 2s~
~~ ~~~ "'~"~~ . PCT/EP95/03487 a solution or suspension or in the form of a powder, will contain a suitable propellent.
Preparations for injection, according to the present invention, for parenteral administration by bolus injection or continuous infusion include . 5 sterile aqueous or non-aqueous solutions, suspensions or emulsions, in a non-toxic parentally-acceptable diluent or solvent. Examples of aqueous solvents or suspending media are distilled water for injection, Ringer's solution, and isotonic sodium chloride solution. Examples of non-aqueous solvents or suspending media are propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, 10 vegetable oils such as olive oil, or alcohols such as ethanol.. These compositions may also include adjuvants such as wetting, preserving, emulsifying and dispersing agents. They may be sterilized by any known method or manufactured in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved in sterile water or some other sterile injectable medium 15 immediately before use. When all of the components are sterile, the injectables will maintain sterility if they are manufactured under a sterile environment.
A compound of the invention may also administered in the form of suppositories or enemas (which include aqueous or oily solutions as well as 2 0 suspensions and emulsions) for rectal administration of the drug. Such compositions are prepared following conventional procedures; for example, suppositories can be prepared by mixing the active ingredient with a conventional suppository base such as cocoa butter or other glycerides.
Compositions for topical administration of a compound of the present 2 5 invention include creams, ointments, pastes, lotions, gels, sprays, foams, aerosols, solutions, suspensions or powders. Such compositions are conventional formulations and can be prepared by procedures known in the art.
When the compounds of the present invention are to be administered 3 0 to the eye, they can be formulated into solutions or suspensions in suitable sterile aqueous or non-aqueous solvents. These compositions may also include buffers and preservatives.
The dosage and frequency of dose may vary depending upon symptoms, age and body weight of the patient, as well as upon the route of administration, 3 5 but, in general, the compounds of the invention may be administered orally in a daily dose of from I-1000 mg for an adult, preferably a dosage from 5-250 mg, which may be administered either as a single dose or as divided doses. A
preferred dosage for human patients is from 0.005 to 20 mg/kg of body weight, more preferably from 0.05 to 5 mg/kg of body weight.
~I IRSTITI ITF SHFFT 1171 tl F ~R1 WO 96/14317 ~ i ; .
The compositions for topical administration will typically contain 0.5-IO% by weight of a compound of formula I.
Following are some representative preparations for tablets, capsules, -syrups, aerosols, injectables and creams. They can be prepared following standard procedures and they are useful in the treatment of PAF-mediated conditions.
Tablets Compound of formula I 100 mg 1 0 Dibasic calaum phosphateI25 mg Sodium starch glycolate 10 mg Talc IZ.S mg Magnesium stearate 2.5 mg 1 5 250.0 mg Hard gelatin capstles Compound of formula I 100 mg Lactose 197 mg 2 0 Magnesium stearate 3 mg 300 mg 2 5 Compound of formula I 0.4 g Sucrose 45 g Flavouring agent 0.2 g Sweetening agent O.I g Water to 100 m L
A
erosol Compound of formula I 4 g Flavouring agent 0.2 g Propylene glycol to I 00 m 3 5 Suitable propellent to 1 unit Injectable ~repa_ration Compound of formula I . 100 mg Benrylic alcohol 0.05 m I
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) _ w0 96/14317 ~'i ~~ ~~6'~g' ~. , Propylene glycol I m Water to 5 m Cream Compound of formula I 2 g Dimethyl acetamide 2 g White paraffin 2,5 g Stearic alcohol ~ g Propylene glycol 12 g 1 0 Sodium lauryl sulfate 1.5 g Methylparabene 0,3 g Purified water 31.6 g The following pharmacological tests explain the activity of the 1 5 compounds of the present invention in more detail.
Inhibition of platelet aQaregation induced by PAF
Platelet aggregation studies were done by the method of Born (J.
Physiol.,1962, I62. 67). Blood was collected in 3.16% sodium citrate (1 volume 2 0 per 9 volumes of blood) by cardiac puncture from male New Zealand rabbits (2-2.5 Kg body weight). Platelet rich plasma (PRP) was prepared by centrifuging the blood at 250xg for IO min. at 4°C. The PRP was diluted with platelet-poor plasma (PPP) obtained by further centrifuging at 3000xg for 10 min. The platelet count was adjusted to 3x105 cells/mm3. Platelet aggregation was 2 5 induced by Clg-PAF (15 nM) and measured with a dual-channel aggregometer Chrono-log 560. Activity was expressed as the ICSp value, that is to say the concentration of drug required to inhibit platelet aggregatory response by 50%.
The results are shown in table I below.
TABLIr II
3 0 Compound ICS (~M) .
No.
1 0.0076 16 0.0092 3 5 I7a 0.018 I~ 0.0050 2I 0.0069 O.OI I
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 96/14317 ~ ~ ~ : _ PCT/EP95/03487 32 0.011 39 O.OI6 40 0.012 41 0.0067 O.OI9 47 0.036 50 0.013 5~ O.OI7 60 O.OI7 1 0 6I 0.0062 70 0.034 1 S Inhibition of PAF-induced hwotension in normotensive rats Male Sprague-Dawley rats, weighing I80-220 g, were anesthetized with sodium pentobarbital (50 mg/Kg i.p.). Blood pressure was recorded from the left carotid artery using a Statham pressure transducer coupled to a Beckman R6I1 recorder. Right and left femoral veins were catheterized to inject test 2 0 compounds and PAF (0.5 ~tg/Kg). Test compounds were administered by intravenous injection (1 mL/Kg, dissolved in saline) 3 min. before PAF. Blood pressure was monitored and percent inhibition of PAF-induced hypotension with respect to controls was calculated. The results were expressed as IDSo values, that is to say the dose of test compound required to inhibit hypotension 2 5 by 50%. Results are shown in Table II.
TABLE II
Compound IDSO (mg/Kg) No.
3 0 1 0.0086 17a 0.029 1~ O.OI-0.025 21 0.043 30 O.OI5 3 5 32 0.0079 0.033 4I O.OI2 47 O.OI3 SUBSTITUTE S;iEFT IRULF ?Rv y, PCT/EP95/03487 50 O.OI7 59 0.021 60 O.OI9 70 0.014 The following examples illustrate, but do not limit, the scope of the present invention:
1-tent-Butoxycarbonyl-4-(aminomethyl)piperidine 1 0 To a cooled (0 °C) solution of 4-(aminomethyl)piperidine (40 g, 0.35 mol) in CHCI3 (300 mL) was added a solution of di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (39.2 g, O.I7 mol) in CHC13 (300 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for I8 h. The resulting solution was washed with H20 and the aqueous phase was reextracted with CHC13. The combined organic phases were dried and concentrated to a crude product (54.I g), which was directly used in the next step as obtained.
IH NMR (SOMHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 4.1I (broad d, J= 13.4 Hz, 2H), 2.69 (m, 4H), 1.45 (s, 9H), I.8-0.8 (complex signal, 7I~.
2 0 4-[[1-(tent-Butoxycarbonyl)-4-piperidyl]methylamino]-3-nitropyridine To a cooled (0 °C) solution of 4-chloro-3-nitropyridine (83.7 g, 0.53 mol) in CHC13 (700 mL) a solution of the product obtained in reference example I
(140 g, 0.65 mol) and Et3N (110 mL) in CHCI3 (500 mL) was added and the mixture heated at reflux for 18 h. It was then evaporated, and the residue was 2 5 partitioned between IN NaOH and EtOAc. The aqueous phase was reextracted twice with EtOAc, and the combined organic extracts were dried and concentrated to a total volume of 400 mL. After cooling (-20 oC) overnight, a yellow solid was collected and dried (II5 g, 64%).
mp I3I-I38 °C;
3 0 1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 9.20 (s, IH), 8.30 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 8.19 (m, 1H), 6.72 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 4.18 (broad d, J= 13.4 Hz, 2H), 3.26 (t, J=
5.9Hz, 2H), 2.72 (broad t, J= I2.7Hz, 2H), I.46 (s, 9H), I.8-0.8 (complex signal, SH).
3-Amino-4-([1-(tent-butoxycarbonyl)-4-piperidyl]methylamino)pyridine 3 5 A mixture of the product obtained in reference example 2 (26.2 g, 0.077 mol) and Pd/C IO% (3.83 g) in MeOH (500 mL) was hydrogenated at SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 96/14317 PC"T/EP95/03487 ~~846=~~.
atmospheric pressure for 18 h. The catalyst was filtered off and the filtrate concentrated to a crude product (22.9 g, 96%), which was directly used in the next step as obtained.
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCI3) 8 ('TMS): 7.65 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.64 (s, IH), 6.59 (d, J=
5 5.5Hz, IH), 4.I0 (broad d, J= 13.4 Hz, 2H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 3.25 (d, J= 6.5Hz, 2H), 2.74 (broad t, J= IZ.OHz, ZH), I.46 (s, 9H), I.8-0.8 (complex signal, 5H).
Alternatively, the title compound was prepared as follows: To a solution of the product obtained in reference example 2 (82.2 g, 0.244 mol) in pyridine (400 mL) was added a solution of Na2S204 (I70 g, 0.976 mol) in H20 (500 mL).
1 0 The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 h, then partitioned between EtOAc (800 mL) and 5N NaOH (450 mL). The organic phase was separated, dried and evaporated to give a yellow solid (101 g), which still contained pyridine.
1 5 1-[[1-(tent-Butoxycarbonyl)-4-piperidyl)methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-clpyridine To a solution of the product obtained in reference example 3 (22.9 g, 0.07 mol) in EtOH (350 mL) was added ethyl acetimidate hydrochloride (9.2 g, 0.074 mot) and the mixture was refluxed for 4 h. A second equivalent of ethyl 2 0 acetimidate hydrochloride was added (9.2 g, 0.074 mol) and the mixture was further refluxed for 18 h. Finally, a third equivalent of ethyl acetimidate hydrochloride was added (9.2 g, 0.074 mol) and the mixture was heated for 4 h more. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue partitioned between CHC13 and 0.5N NaOH. The organic phase was dried and concentrated to a 2 5 residue (30 g), which was purified by chromatography on silica gel (CHCI3:MeOH, IO%) to afford the title compound as a yellow solid (23.4 g, 95%).
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.98 (s, IH), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.22 (d, J=
5.5Hz, IH), 4.I0 (broad d, J= I3.4 Hz, 2H), 3.96 (d, J= 7.3Hz, 2H), 2.64 (broad t, J=
12.7Hz, 2H), 2.63 (s, 3H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 2.2-1.0 (complex signal, 5H).
1-((4-Piperidyl)methyl)-IH-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine To a cooled (0 °C) solution of the product obtained in reference example 4 (23.1 g, 0.07 mol) in MeOH (200 mL) was added dropwise 6.5N HChg~/dioxane solution (44 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h and 3 5 evaporated to dryness. The residue was cooled (0 °C), IN NaOH was added and the resulting solution was extracted with CHC13 (3x). The combined organic extracts were dried and concentrated to a yellow solid (I5.8 g, 98%).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (R' !!..~ ?"~
WO 96/14317 , PCT/EP95/03487 1H NMR (80MHz, CDCI3) 8 (TMS): 8.96 (s, IH), 8.35 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.20 (d, j=
S.SHz,1H), 3.95 (d, J= 7.3Hz, ZH), 3.06 (broad d, J= I2.01-iz, 2H), 2.6I (s, 3H), 2.51 (broad t, J= I2.7Hz, 2H), 2.2-L0 (complex signal, 6H).
1-(4-Piperidyl)-iH-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine, hydrochloride Following the procedure described above in reference examples I-5, but starting from 4-aminopiperidine instead of 4-(aminomethyl)piperidine, the title compound was obtained (56%).
1H NMR (80MHz, CD30D) S (T'MS): 9.32 (s, 1H), 8.82 (d, j= 5.5 Hz, IH), 8.62 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, IH), 5.I7 (s, IH), 3.9-2.2 (complex signal, 9H).
3,3-biphenyl-3-ethoxycarbonylpropionic acid a) Ethyl diphenylacetate To a solution of diphenylacetic acid (20 g, 0.094 mol) in EtOH (70 mL), 1 5 was added toluene (70 mL). Next, H2S04 (3 mL) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was refluxed for IS h. Then, H20 and EtOAc were added, the layers were separated, and the organic phase was washed with saturated NaHC03 solution (3x), dried and concentrated to a white solid (23.2 g), which was directly used in the next step as obtained.
2 0 1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 7.28 (m, IOH), 5.00 (s, IH), 4.19 (q, j=
7Hz, ZH), L22 (t, J= 7Hz, 3H).
b) Tent butyl 3,3-diphenyl-3-ethoxycarbonylpropionate To a solution of NaH (60% suspension in parafine, 4.25 g) in DMF (100 mL), was added a solution of the product obtained in reference example 7a 2 5 (23.2 g, 0.965 mol) in DMF (50 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. Tert-butyl bromoacetate (I3.5 mL, 0.965 mol) was added dropwise and the mixture was stirred at 60°C for 18 h. The resulting solution was treated with H20 (1 mL) and the solvents were removed. More H20 was added and then it was extracted with EtOAc, at basic pH. The organic 3 0 phase was dried and concentrated to a dark oil.
1H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) S (TMS): 7.26 (s, IOH), 4.21 (q, J= 7.2Hz, 2H), 3.43 (s, 2H), L30 (s, 9H),1.16 (t, J= 7.ZHz, 3H).
c) Title compound To a cooled (0 °C) solution of the product obtained in reference example 3 5 7b (6 g, O.OI7 mol) in CH2C12 (20 mL) was added dropwise trifluoroacetic acid (2.6 mL) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for I8 h. The title compound was then obtained by evaporating the resulting solution to dryness (85%).
SUaSTI ,TUTE S~iEFT lRlll F ~~~
WO 96/14317 ~ ~ ~g PCT/EP95/03487 1H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 11.26 (broad s, 1H), 7.25 (s, IOH), 4.21 (q, J=
7.IHz, ZH), 3.54 (s, ZH),1.I7 (t, J= 7.IHz, 3H).
3-Phenyl-3-(phenylamino)propionic acid To a solution of aniline hydrochloride (3.37 g, 26 mmol) and ethyl benzoylacetate (5 mL, 26 mmol) in MeOH (70 mL) was added NaBH3CN (1.75 g) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for I8 h. The solvent was removed and the residue partitioned between 0.5N HCl and Et20. The aqueous phase was made basic with IN NaOH and extracted with CHC13. The 1 0 organic phase was dried and concentrated to a residue. Purification by chromatography on silica gel (hexane : EtOAc, 5%) afforded ethyl 3-phenyl-3-(phenylamino)propionate (4.3 g , 62%). This compound was then hydrolized under basic conditions to give the title compound as a white solid.
mp: 1 I 0-I 11 °C;
1 5 1H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) b (TMS) 7.I0 (m, 8H), 6.63 (m, 2H), 4.85 (t, J =
The closest prior art from the structural point of view is believed to be EP 4-~I226, which discloses pyridylcyanomethylpiperazines and piperidines 2 5 having PAF antagonistic activity, different from the compounds of the present invention.
Description of the invention.
The present invention relates to new piperidine derivatives of general formula I
a_ bvN
/ i . .m~ N
B ~Ai N ~ ~=N
~ I
wherein:
m represents 0, 1 or Z;
a, b and c represent CR, wherein each R independently represents hydrogen or 3 5 C1~ alkyl;
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Rl represents C1...4 alkyl or C~~ cycloalkyl; .
A represents -CO-, -S02-, NHCO- or -0CO-;
B represents a group of formula (i), and when A represents -CO- or -S02-, then B can also represent a group of formula (ii) or (iii) Rs ~/N~
R2 Rs R
(i) (ii) (iii) n represents 0, I, 2 or 3;
one of R2 or R3 represents C1~ alkyl, C3-~ cycloalkyl or aryl, and the other represents hydrogen, Cl~ alkyl, Cl~ haloalkyl, C3_~ cycloalkyl, C1..4 alkoxy-Cl~
alkyl aryl or aryl-C~_4alkyl;
Z represents hydrogen, Cl~ alkyl, -CH2-OR4, -COOR4 or -CONR4R$, and when A represents -CO- or -SOz-, then Z can also be hydroxy, -NR4R5, -NR6C(=O)OR4, -NR6C(=O)R4, -NR6C(=O)NR4R5, -N(OH)C(=O)NR4R5 or -NR6S02R4;
or Z and R3 together form a C2_g polymethylene chain in which case R2 represents C1~ alkyl, C~~ cycloalkyl or aryl;
R4 represents hydrogen, C1.,4 alkyl; aryl or aryl-Cl~ alkyl;
2 0 R$ and R6 independently represent hydrogen or Ct~ alkyl;
R~ represents Cl~ alkyl, C~~ cycioalkyl, aryl, aryl-C1...4 allcyl or bisaryl-C1.~ alkyl;
Y represents hydrogen, Cl~ alkyl, aryl, aryl-CIA alkyl, -C(=O)OR4, -C(=O)R4, -C(=O)NR4R5, or -S02R4;
aryl, whenever appearing in the above definitions, represents phenyl or 2 5 phenyl substituted with 1, 2, 3 or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, C1_4 alkyl, C~_4 alkoxy, hydroxy, C1~ haloalkyl, C1.4 haloalkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, Cl_4 alkylamino, Cl~ dialkylamino, C1..4 alkylcarbonyl, C1_ 4 alkylcarbonyloxy, Cl~ alkoxycarbonyl, Cl~ alkylsulfonyl, C1..4 alkylsulfinyl, Cl~ alkylthio, Cl~ alkylcarbonylamino or Cl~ alkoxycarbonylamino;
3 0 and their salts and solvates.
The invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition which comprises an effective amount of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
3 5 The invention further provides the use of a compound of formula I.or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, or a composition thereof for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of diseases mediated by PAF.
2a The invention further provides a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, or a composition thereof for the treatment or prevention of diseases mediated by PAF.
The invention further provides a commercial package comprising a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, or a composition thereof, together with instructions for its use for the treatment or prevention of diseases mediated by PAF.
Preferred is the use for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of ischemia and shock states such as septic shock, anaphylactic shock, hemorrhagic shock and myocardial ischemia; pancreatitis; and diseases related with allergy and inflammation such as asthma, dermatitis, urticaria, arthritis and psoriasis.
The invention also provides the use of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof , or a composition thereof for the treatment or prevention of diseases mediated by PAF. Preferred is the use for the treatment or prevention of ischemia and shock states such as.
1 D septic shock, anaphylactic shock, hemorrhagic shock and myocardial ischemia;
pancreatitis; and diseases related with allergy and inflammation such as asthma, dermatitis, urticaria, arthritis and psoriasis.
The invention further provides a method of treating or preventing diseases mediated by PAF in a mammal, which comprises administering to 1 5 said mammal an effective amount of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. Preferred is a method of treating or preventing ischemia and shock states such as septic shack, anaphylactic shock, hemorrhagic shock and myocardial ischemia; pancreatitis;
and diseases related with allergy and inflammation such as asthma, dermatitis, 2 0 urticaria, arthritis and psoriasis in a mammal in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
The invention still further provides a process for preparing a compound of formula I which comprises:
2 5 (A) reacting a compound of formula II, a.~b~
I
~.N ~c HN ""'N
R~
It 3 0 wherein a, b, c, m and Rl have the previously described meaning, with an arid of formula BCOOH (III) or a suitable derivative thereof such as the and chloride or the anhydride, a sulfonyl chloride of formula BS02CI (IV), a compound of formula BOC(=O)G (V), a compound of formula BNHC(=O)G
(VI) or a compound of formula BN=C=O (VII), wherein B has the previously WO 96/14317 ~~ ; '. PCT/F,P95/03487 ~ , ;l . . ...
2~.~~6~d 4 described meaning and G represents a good leaving group such as chloro or -0Ph; or (B) converting in one or a plurality of steps a compound of formula I into another compound of formula I; and (C) if desired, after steps A or B, reacting a compound of formula I with an acid to give the corresponding and addition salt.
The invention yet further provides novel intermediates of formula II
a/b'N
l _, ~N ~c HN -'N
R~
li wherein a, b, c, m and Rl have the meaning described above for the compounds of formula I. The compounds of formula II are valuable intermediates in the preparation of the compounds of the present invention.
Compounds of formula I may have one or more aymmetric centers, which can give rise to stereoisomers. The present invention covers each of the individual stereoisomers as well as their mixtures. Moreover, some compounds of the present invention may show cis/trans isomery. The present 2 0 invention covers each of the geometric isomers and the mixtures thereof.
In the above definitions, the term C1~ alkyl, as a group or part of a group, means a linear or branched alkyl group that contains from one to four carbon atoms. Therefore, it includes methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, and tent-butyl.
2 5 The term C1~ alkoxy, as a group or part of a group, means a group derived from the union of a Cl_4 alkyl group like the above mentioned to an oxygen atom of an ether functional group. Examples include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, isobutoxy, sec-butoxy, and tert-butoxy.
A halogen group or its abbreviation halo represents fluoro, chloro, 3 0 bromo or iodo.
A group C3_~ cycloalkyl represents cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl or cycloheptyl.
A group C2_5 polymethylene represents ethylene, propylene, butylene and pentylene.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 96!14317 PCT/EP95/03487 S
t.
A Cl.~ haloalkyl group means a group resulting from the substitution of one or more hydrogen atoms of a C1~ alkyl group by one or more halogen atoms (i.e. fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine), which can be the same or different. Examples include trifluoromethyl, fluoromethyl, chloroethyl, fluoroethyl, iodoethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, pentafluoroethyl, fluoropropyl, chloropropyl, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, heptafluoropropyl, fluorobutyl, and nonafluorobutyl.
A Clue haloalkoxy group means a group resulting from the substitution of one or mare hydrogen atoms of a Clue alkoxy group by one or more halogen 1 0 atoms, which can be the same or different. Examples include trifluoromethoxy, fluoromethoxy, chloroethoxy, fluoroethoxy, iodoethoxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy pentafluoroethoxy, fluoropropoxy, chloropropoxy, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropoxy, heptafluoropropoxy, fluorobutoxy, and nonafluorobutoxy.
1 5 A Cl_4 alkylamino or C1_4 dialkylamino group represents a group resulting from the substitution of one or two hydrogen atoms, respectively, of an amino group by one or two C1~ alkyl groups, which can be the same or different. Examples include methylamino, dimethylamino, ethylamino, diethylamino, ethylmethylamino, propylamino, dipropylamino, 2 0 isopropylamino and diisopropylamino.
A Cl.ø alkylcarbonyl group represents a group resulting from the union of a C1~ alkyl group to a carbonyl group. Examples include acetyl, propionyl, isopropionyl, and butanoyl.
A C1~ alkylcarbonyloxy group represents a group resulting from the 2 5 union of a Clue alkylcarbonyl group to an oxygen atom of an ether functional group. Examples include acetyloxy, propionyloxy, isopropionyloxy, and butanoyloxy.
A C1_4 alkoxycarbonyl group represents a group resulting from the union of a C1_4 alkoxy group to a carbonyl group. Examples include 3 0 methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, propoxycarbonyl, isopropoxycarbonyl, butoxycarbonyl, isobutoxycarbonyl, sec-butoxycarbonyl and tent-butoxycarbonyl.
A Clue alkylsulfonyl group represents a group resulting from the union of a Cl.~ alkyl group to a sulfonyl group. Examples include methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, propylsulfonyl, isopropylsulfonyl, butylsulfonyl, 3 5 isobutylsulfonyl, sec-butylsulfonyl, and tent-butylsulfonyl.
A Clue alkylsulfinyl group represents a group resulting from the union of a C1~ alkyl group to a sulfinyl group. Examples include methylsulfinyl, ethylsulfinyl, ~ropylsulfinyl, isopropylsulfinyl, butylsulfinyl, isobutylsulfinyl, sec-butylsulfinyl, and tent-butylsulfinyl.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 96/14317 \ pC'lyEP95/03487 ~ , A Cl~ alkylthio group represents a group resulting from the union of a C1.~ alkyl group to a sulphur atom of a thioether funtional group. Examples include methylthio, ethylthio, propylthio, isopropylthio, butylthio, isobutylthio, sec-butylthio, and tent-butylthio.
A Cl~ alkylcarbonylamino group represents a group resulting from the substitution of a hydrogen atom of an amino group by a Cl~ alkylcarbonyl group. Examples include acetamido, propanamido and isopropanamido.
A Cl~ alkoxycarbonylamino group represents a group resulting from the substitution of a hydrogen atom of an amino group by a C1-4 alkoxycarbonyl group. Examples include methoxycarbonylamino, ethoxycarbonylamino, propoxycarbonylamino, isopropoxycarbonylamino, butoxycarbonylamino, isobutoxycarbonylamino, sec-butoxycarbonylamino and tent-butoxycarbonylamino.
A C~~ alkoxyCl~ alkyl group represents a group resulting from the 1 5 substitution of a hydrogen atom of a C1~ alkyl group by a C1~ alkoxy group.
Examples include among others methoxymethyl, ethoxymethyl, propoxymethyl, isopropoxymethyl, butoxymethyl, isobutoxymethyl, sec butoxymethyl, tert-butoxymethyl, 2-methoxyethyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, 2 propoxyethyl, 2-isopropoxyethyl, 2-butoxyethyl, 2-isobutoxyethyl, 2-sec 2 0 butoxyethyl, 2-tent-butoxyethyl, I-methoxyethyl, I-ethoxyethyl, I-propoxyethyl, 1-isopropoxyethyl, I-butoxyethyl, I-isobutoxyethyl, I-sec-butoxyethyl, and 1-terf-butoxyethyl.
An aryl-C1_4 alkyl group represents a group resulting from the substitution of one hydrogen atom of a C1_4 alkyl group by an aryl group as 2 5 defined above. Examples include among others, benzyl, 1-phenylethyl, 3 phenylpropyl, 2-phenylpropyl, 1-phenylpropyl, 4-phenylbutyl, 3-phenylbutyl, 2-phenylbutyl and I-phenyibutyl, wherein the phenyl groups can be substituted as described above in the definition of an aryl group.
A bisaryl-C1_4 alkyl group represents a group resulting from the 3 0 substitution of two hydrogen atoms of a Cl~ alkyl group by two aryl groups as defined above, which can be the same or different. Examples include among others, diphenylmethyl, 2,2-diphenylethyl, 1,1-diphenylethyl, I,2 diphenylethyl, 3,3-diphenylpropyl, 2,2-diphenylpropyl, I,I-diphenylpropyl, 3,2 diphenylpropyl, 1,3-diphenylpropyl, and 1,2-diphenyipropyl, wherein the 3 S phenyl groups can be substituted as described above in the definition of an aryl group.
Preferred compounds include those in which, independently or in any compatible combination:
m represents 1 or 2;
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE ?~';~
~I8~U6~0 n represents 0, 1 or 2;
A represents -CO- or -S02-;
A represents -NHCO- or -OCO-;
B represents a group of formula (i);
B represents a group of formula (ii);
B represents a group of formula (iii) Z represents hydrogen, Cl.~ alkyl, -CH2-OR4, -COOR4; or -CONR4R5, and when A represents -CO- or -S02-, Z can also represent hydroxy, -NR6C(=O)OR4, -NR6C(=O)R4 or -NR6S02R4;
I 0 Z and R3 together form a C2_5 polymethylene chain;
R~ represents Cl~ alkyl, C~~ cycloalkyl or aryl;
aryl represents phenyl or phenyl substituted with I, 2, 3 or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, C1_4 alkyl, CI_4 alkoxy, hydroxy, Cl_4 haloalkyl, Cl~ haloalkoxy or amino.
1 5 Accordingly, a preferred class of compounds of formula I is that wherein:
m represents 1 or 2;
a, b and c represent CR, wherein each R independently represents hydrogen or Cl~ alkyl;
2 0 Rl represents Cl.~ alkyl or C3_~ cycloalkyl;
A represents -CO- or -S02-;
B represents a group of formula (i), (ii) or (iii) n RWN
2 5 (i) (ii) (iii) n represents I or 2;
one of R2 or R3 represents C1_4 alkyl, C3_~ cycloalkyl or aryl, and the other represents hydrogen, C1~ alkyl, C1~ haloalkyl, C3_~ cycloalkyl, C1..4 alkoxy-C1..4 3 0 alkyl , aryl or aryl-C~-4alkyl;
Z represents hydrogen, C1~ alkyl, -CH2-OR4, -COOR4, -CONR4R5, hydroxy, -NR6C(=O)OR4, -NR6C(=O)R4 or -NR6SOZR4;
or Z and R3 together form a C2_5 polymethylene chain in which case R2 represents C1.~ alkyl, C~~ cycloalkyl or aryl;
3 5 R4 represents hydrogen, Cl~ alkyl, aryl or aryl-C1~ alkyl;
RS and R6 independently represent hydrogen or C1..4 alkyl;
R~ represents Cl~ alkyl, C~~ cycloalkyl or aryl;
SU6STI T UTE SHEE T (RULE 26) WO 96/14317 ' PCT/EP95/03487 ~ ' z~sosso~
Y represents hydrogen, Cl~ alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1~ alkyl, -C(=O)OR4, -C(=O)R4, -C(=O)NR4R5, or -S02R4; and aryl in the above definitions represents phenyl or phenyl substituted with I, 2, 3 or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, Cl_4 alkyl, C1~ alkoxy, hydroxy, Cl~ haloalkyl, C1~ haloalkoxy or amino.
A preferred group of compounds within this class is that wherein:
B represents a group of formula (i) or (iii);
one of R2 or R3 represents C1_4 alkyl, C3_~ cycloalkyl or aryl, and the other represents hydrogen, C1~ alkyl, Cl~ haloalkyl, C3_~ cycloalkyl, Cl~ alkoxy-C1~
1 0 alkyl , aryl or aryl-C ~ -4 alkyl ;
Z represents hydrogen, Cl~ alkyl, -CH2-0R4, -COOR4 or hydroxy;
or Z and R3 together form a C2_g polymethylene chain in which case R2 represents C1..4 alkyl, C~~ cycloalkyl or aryl;
R4 represents hydrogen, C1~ alkyl, aryl or aryl-C1~ alkyl;
1 5 R~ represents C~.~ alkyl, C~~ cydoalkyl or aryl; and Y represents Cl.~ alkyl, aryl, or -S02R4.
Another preferred group of compounds within this class is that wherein:
B represents a group of formula (ii); and 2 0 one of R2 or R3 represents C~.ø alkyl or aryl, and the other represents hydrogen, Cl~ alkyl, C1..4 alkoxy-C1~ alkyl , aryl or aryl C~-4 alkyl.
Another preferred class of compounds of formula I is that wherein:
m represents 1 or 2;
a, b and c represent CR, wherein each R independently represents hydrogen or 2 5 C1~ alkyl;
Rl represents Cl.ø alkyl or C~7 cycloalkyl;
A represents -NHCO- or -OCO-;
B represents a group of formula (i);
Z
(i) n represents 0 or I;
one of R2 or R3 represents C1~ alkyl, C3_~ cycloalkyl or aryl, and the other 3 5 represents hydrogen, Cl~ alkyl, C1~ haloalkyl, C3_~ cycloalkyl, Cl~ alkoxy-Cl.~
alkyl ~ aryl or aryl-C~-4 alkyl;
Z represents hydrogen, Clue alkyl, -CH2-OR4, -COOR4, or -CONR4R5;
SUBSTITUTE SHEI= T (RULE 261 WO 96/14317 ~ ~ I PCT/EP95/03487 .~
or Z and R3 together form a C2_S polymethylene gain in which case R2 represents C1~ alkyl, C~~ cycloalkyl or aryl;
R4 represents hydrogen, C1~ alkyl, aryl or aryl-Cl.~ alkyl;
RS represents hydrogen or C1~ alkyl; and aryl in the above definitions represents phenyl or phenyl substituted with 1, 2, 3 or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, C1~ alkyl, Cl~ aIkoxy, hydroxy, Cl~ haloalkyl, C1~ haloalkoxy or amino.
The formulae of some specific compounds are represented below, together with the number corresponding to the example in which their 1 0 preparation is described:
SUBSTITUTE SHE/: T (RULE 261 ~N I N
I N N
N~~ N 1 I / N~~ N
O HO O
I/ I
N
I/ I N
N~ '~~ z N N
I o i/ o I ~N I ~N
Me0 N N~~ N 3 AcNH Nt J N N 10 r\
O O I / O
I
~N
N ~N
H ~ iN 4 H N
Me0 N N~ N N~ '-N 11 n o / I o I / / o I
~N I N
H NI~~
Bu'O H N
N N~~ N 5 N N~ ~ N 1..
I I
\
NH ~N / N
z / H N ~
\ I N N~~ N 6 N N' J N N 13 O / O NHz I / / O
\I \I
I 'N / N
N ~ ~N
\ N N~~ N 7 N' J N 14 I H~
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) '. ,'" ,.,, ~ .,r, ,. ~ PGT/EP95/03487 ,z...~ ~k.~m N ~N / ~N
N~~N ~ 15 N' J LN 21 O HO /~a / ~ O
N~ / ~ N ~N
/ N ~ N
N~~ N 16 N~~ N 2 2 O O
NOz N_~N N_~N
N~~N 17a ~~N 23 O O
NHz NHz / ~N / ~N
HzN \ ~ ' N~~N 17b ' N'J LN 24 fl r ~ 11 / O N~ / O
~N ~N
N~~ N ~ N~~ N
j[ il HO O NH ~ / O
z ~N / ~N
/ N I~ N
N~)-N 19 EtOOC N~~N 26 EtOOC ~ O
NOz ~~ O I ~ N // N
NH H N ~ N
N~~=N 20 Et00C N~~N 27 R
O / O
NHz SUBSTITUTE SHEET RULE 26) ,. , PCT/EP95/03487 ~N / ~N
EeDOC N N 2 8 O N ~ 3 5 ~~N EtO~ N~ ~N
N
O O
I I
~_N I N
I N O H N
\ N~~ N 19 E~ N N~ N 3 6 I O O
NOZ
I N N
N~ H N I
\ N~~ N EtOOC N N~ -N
30 ~ ~ 37 i O \ O
\I I~
~_N I N
H N N
EtO~ N N~~= N 31 EIOOC N N~ N 3 8 O / I O O
NHZ
I 'N I N
N H N
N~,' N 3 2 EtOOC N N~ -N 3 9 O / O
\ I
N~N 33 I'N
N~ 40 HO N~~ N N~ -N
O
O
H2N ~N / N
I H '~ N
~S. N N~~ N 3 4 N~ N 41 Os O
O O
I I
~/
SU6STITUTE SNEFT (RULE 261 N ~N N ~N
~N N~~N 4Z \ I N N~~N 49 H
I
~N I N
~N ~ N
N~~ N H
4 3 N N~~N 5 0 N
/ O O
\I I
NOZ
~N I
N ~l~'~,~
H N
N~~-~ N y.. N N~ -N
/ p 44 0 ~ 51 \I \i NHy ~N I N
I \ H N ~ O N
N N~~-=N 4 5 \ N~ N S 2 N' o i / / o I/
~I
I N I
O N ~ N
N~ J
O O
I \ i ~'N N 46 \ ~S~N N~~N 53 HZN / ~O( I /
I vN I N
N ~ 47 O N~ 54 L N N
FCC N N Et0 N
HO ~~ / O
I \ O I
~N NOZ N
HZN / I N ~~(~~, O ~N I
\ N~~N 48 E~~N N' J LN 55 /-O
/ O
\I
NHZ
SUBSTITUTE SNE.ET (R~1LE ~R1 WO 96/14317 ~" ~ ; PCT/EP95/03487 ~N ~ N
~I J
N 56 H N~ 63 N~~=. N N N~ -N
O
O
I
~N N~ N
N ~ H N
N N~~-N 5 ~ N N -N 6 4 Y
O .I O . o \ \I
/ N
N~ H~ ~ /'N
EtOOC N N -N ~ N
\ N '~ N
58 / ~~ 65 O
I O
\
N
H N I ~ I N
N
N N~~N 5 9 ~ N -N 6 6 ~ N ~~-p nneo \I \i ~N H
N' ~~J p N ~N
Et0 N N~~-N 6 0 ~ O / ~ H N
~N N~~N 67 O O
\ I
~N HZN // N
S. ~N ~ 61 i ~ H ~N~~ 68 N~ J ~N \ N~N' J ~-N
O O O
\ I
I N / N
N ~ N
N~~=N 6 2 N~~N 6 9 I I
\
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 96/14317 ' PGT/EP95/03487 _~N ~N
O N~~ N 7 O N N~~=N 7 4 I v O I ~ O
N~N N / ~N
I ~ N~~ N I 71 ~ SOZ N N~~ N 7 S
~o 0 ~N ~, JN .
N ~ N T
~ SOz N N~~=N 7 Z ~ SOZ N~~ N 7 6 N
NOZ I ~ ~ O HZN
I
// N
N ~7~'' ~ SOz N N~~= N 7 3 H2N I ~ / O
I
The compounds of formula I contain basic nitrogen atoms and, 5 consequently, they can form salts with acids, which are also included in the present invention. There is no limitation on the nature of these salts, provided that, when used for therapeutic purposes, they are pharmaceutically acceptable, which, as is well-known in the art, means that thev do not have reduced activity (or unacceptable reduced activity) or increased toxicity (or 1 0 unacceptable increased toxicity) compared with the free compounds.
Examples of these salts include: salts with an inorganic acid such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic aad, hydriodic acid, nitric acid, perchloric acid, sulfuric acid or phosphoric acid; and salts with an organic acid, such as methanesulfonic acid, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-15 toluenesulfonic aad, fumaric acid, oxalic acid, malefic acid, citric acid, succinic acid, tartaric acid; and other mineral and carboxylic acids well known to those skilled in the art. The salts are prepared by reacting the free base with a sufficient amount of the desired acid to produce a salt in the conventional manner. Free bases and their salts differ in certain physical properties, such as 2 0 solubility, but they are equivalent for the purposes of the invention.
The compounds of the present invention can exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms, including hydrated forms. In general, the solvated forms, SUBSTITUTE SNEFT SRI il F ~~~
~Z 8p6~~
with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol and the like, are equivalent to the unsolvated forms for the purposes of the invention.
Some compounds of the present invention can exist as different diastereoisomers and/or optical isomers. Diastereoisomers can be separated by conventional techniques such as chromatography or fractional crystallization.
The optical isomers can be resolved using any of the conventional techniques of optical resolution to give optically pure isomers. Such a resolution can be performed in any chiral synthetic intermediate as well as in the products of general formula I. The optical resolution techniques include separation by chromatography on a chiral phase or formation of a diastereoisomeric pair, resolution and subsequent recovery of the two enantiomers. The optically pure isomers can also be individually obtained using enantiospeczfic synthesis. The present invention covers both the individual isomers and their mixtures (e.g.
racemic mixtures), whether as obtained by synthesis or by physically mixing them up.
Furthermore, some of the compounds of the present invention may present cis/trans isomery. The geometric isomers can be separated by conventional techniques such as chromatography or recrystallization. Such a separation can be performed either upon the products of formula I or upon 2 0 any synthetic intermediate thereof. The individual isomers can also be obtained using stereospecific synthesis. The present invention covers each of the geometric isomers and the mixtures thereof.
The compounds of formula I may be prepared using the methods described below. It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that the precise 2 5 method used for the preparation of a given compound may vary depending on its chemical structure. The reactions are performed in a solvent appropriate to the reagents and materials employed and suitable for the transformation being effected. Moreover, in some of the processes described below it will be desirable or necessary to protect reactive or labile groups using conventional protecting 3 0 groups, for example the groups described below. Both the nature of these protecting groups and the procedures for their introduction and removal are well known in the art (see, e. g. Greene T. W., "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", John Wiley & Sons, New York, 198/).
The compounds of formula I can be obtained in general from amines of 3 5 formula II by reaction with an acid chloride of formula BCOCl (VIII), a sulfonyl chloride of formula BS02C1 (IV), a compound of formula BOC(=O)G (V), a compound of formula BNHC(=O)G (VI) or a compound of formula BN=C=O
(VII):
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) scoci (van aso2ci (><~
N B~(~x M
t BNHC(-0~ (~'I) N ~ c BN=C--o (~
HN~ ,=N I
R' (In wherein B, a, b, c, m and R1 have the previously described meaning and G
represents a good leaving group such as chloro or -OPh. This reaction is carried out in the presence of a proton scavenger amine such as triethylamine or pyridine in a suitable solvent, or using the base as solvent. Examples of suitable solvents include halogenated hydrocarbons, such as dichloromethane and chloroform; ethers, such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran and dioxane;
and aromatic hydrocarbons, such as benzene and toluene. The reaction is 1 0 carried out at a temperature preferably between 0 °C and the boiling point of the solvent. As an alternative to the acid chloride, the anhydride can be employed. Isocyanate derivatives of formula VII may have been previously prepared or may be generated in situ from the corresponding acid derivative of formula BCOZH (III) by known procedures such as for example by treatment 1 5 with diphenylphosphorylazide in the presence of triethylamine.
As it will be apparent to those skilled in the art, a compound of formula I wherein A represents -NHCO- may also be prepared by inverting the functionality of the reactive groups involved, i.e. by reacting an amine of formula BNHZ (IX) with a reactive carbamate derivative of amine II, for 2 0 example its phenylcarbamate derivative, which derivative can be prepared from amine II by conventional procedures such as treatment with phenyl chloroformate under standard conditions.
Alternatively, compounds of formula I wherein A represents -CO- can also be prepared by a dehydration procedure between amines of formula II and 2 5 a carboxylic and of formula BCOOH (III). This process can be carried out using any conventional reaction of amide bond formation, such as reacting an amine with an acid in the presence of an appropriate condensing agent such as a diimide, e.g. dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, alone or in combination with I-hydroxybenzotriazole. This reaction is carried out in an inert solvent such as a 3 0 halogenated hydrocarbon, for example dichloromethane or chloroform; an ether, for example tetrahydrofuran or dioxane; acetonitrile, or dimethylformamide. The reaction is carried out at a temperature preferably ~I IIRSTITI1T~ CN~GT !AI II ~ ~R~
comprised between 0 and 60°C during a reaction time preferably from 6 to 24 hours.
Moreover, a compound of formula I may also be obtained by interconversion from another compound of formula I.
Thus, for example, the compounds of formula I in which B represents a group of formula (i) wherein Z represents -NR6C(=O)OR4, -NR6C(=O)R4, -NR6C(=O)NR4R5 or -NR6S02R4 or a group of formula (iii) wherein Y is different from hydrogen can be prepared from the corresponding compounds of formula I in which B represents a group of formula (i) wherein Z represents 1 0 -NHR6 or a group of formula (iii) wherein Y= H, respectively, by conventional reactions, which are well known to those skilled in the art, as shown in Scheme I. Examples thereof include alkylations, acyiations, preparation of sulfonamides, carbamates and ureas. These reactions are widely described in the literature and are carried out in accordance with the usual conditions 1 5 employed in organic chemistry for such transformations.
These compounds of formula I in which B represents a group of formula (i) wherein Z represents -NHR6 or a group of formula (iii) wherein Y=
H can be prepared by the general procedures described above for the preparation of compounds I but starting from an acid of formula III (or the 2 0 corresponding acid chloride or anhydride) or a sulfonyl chloride of formula IV
wherein the amino group is blocked with an amino protecting group (P), as shown in Scheme 1. As amino protecting groups it is possible to use any amino protecting group known in the art, such as for example a tert-butoxycarbonyl group. In this case, it will be necessary a subsequent step for 2 5 removing the protecting group in order to obtain a compound of formula I.
Deprotection is carried out using conventional procedures, such as the procedures described below.
SU$STITUTE SHEET (RULE 261 PG"T/EP95/03487 P
I P
Fis R3 Q or Rr~N~Q
wherein Q= COzH (ITI) S4iC1 (IV) a. b~~N
_ I
_N / c HN~ ,.... ~N
R~
a. b~~N a. b~~N
I
P N ~~ N / ~c RsiN AiNJ ~~N RvN~AiN~ ~=N
Rs ~ R I R~
~ ~b~N a~byN
i H 'rtr'N ~c N ~c Rs~N ANN ~=N Rv ~ iNJ ~=N
R3 Rv N A R~
I I
I I
Scheme 1 wherein a, b, c, Rl, R2, R3, R6, R~, m and n have the previously described meaning; A represents -CO- or -S02-; P represents an amino protecting group, such as a tent-butoxycarbonyl group and Q represents a group C02H (thus giving rise to acids of formula III) or a group S02C1 (thus giving rise to sulfonyl chlorides of formula IV).
Another example of interconversions between compounds of formula I
1 0 is the reduction of a nitro group in a compound of formula I to an amino group. This reduction can be carried out by using any known reducing agent for aromatic vitro groups which is compatible with the other functional groups present in the molecule. Examples of suitable reducing agents include:
Zn under a wide range of pH conditions in a suitable solvent such as ethanol-1 5 water mixtures at a temperature preferably between room temperature and that of the boiling point of the solvent, more preferably between 50 and 60°C;
SUBSTITUTE SNFFT rpt n ~ ~~~
NaZS204 in a suitable solvent such as mixtures of water and an organic solvent, for example tetrahydrofuran, ethanol or pyridine; SnCl2 under a wide range of pH conditions in a suitable organic solvent such as ethanol; Sn or Fe under a wide range of pH conditions; NaBH4 in the presence of a suitable 5 catalyst such as a Sn, Co or Pd salt in a suitable organic solvent such as ethanol;
and formic acid or ammonium formate in the presence of Pd/C. Alternatively, the reduction can be carried out by hydrogenation in the presence of a catalyst such as palladium on carbon in a suitable solvent such as an alcohol at a temperature preferably between room temperature and that of the boiling 1 0 point of the solvent, at a pressure preferably between atmospheric pressure and 10 atmospheres and during a reaction time preferably between 1 and 48 h.
As it will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, the interconversion of the substituents as described above can be effected either upon the final compounds of formula I or upon any synthetic intermediate thereof.
15 The salts of the compounds of formula I can be prepared by conventional procedures by treatment for example with an acid such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric aad, nitric aad, oxalic acid or fumaric aad.
Amines of formula II can be prepared following the process described in Scheme 2, which is shown below:
SUfsSTIT(JTF SNFrT I~t It F ~Rv WO 96/14317 , PCT/EP95/03487 vm-NH2 »~NH g A ~b ~N .N I
P b.a~ L P N
(X) ~~ (XII) N02 N, c N02 . (XI) B
a, b~~N
1 l N ~c _ _ C ..,.. -N H
PiN ~N PAN I b R~ ~ N
(XIV) NH2 c' (XIII) D
a, b.~N
l N \/c HN ~_- ~N
R' Scheme Z ~ (n) wherein a, b, c, m and Rl have the previously described meaning; P represents an amino protecting group such as a tent-butoxycarbonyl group and L
represents halogen or C1_6 alkoxy.
In a first step (step A), a compound of formula X is allowed to react with a compound of formula XI in the presence of a proton scavenger amine such as triethylamine in a suitable solvent such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example chloroform, at a suitable temperature, preferably between room 1 0 temperature and that of the boiling point of the solvent, to give a compound of formula XII.
The reduction of a compound of formula XII (step B) leads to a compound of formula XIII. This reduction can be carried out by hydrogenation in the presence of a catalyst such as palladium on carbon in a suitable solvent 1 5 such as an alcohol at a temperature preferably between room temperature and SUBSTITUTE SMEFT (RULE 261 WO 96/14317 ~ ~ PCT/EP95/03487 that of the boiling point of the solvent, at a pressure preferably between atmospheric pressure and IO atmospheres and during a reaction time preferably between I and 48 h. Alternatively, this reduction may be carried out using a suitable reducing agent such as Na2S204 in a suitable solvent such as mixtures of water and an organic solvent, for example tetrahydrofuran, ethanol or pyridine.
In step C, a compound of formula XIII is allowed to react with an imino ether salt of formula R1C(=NH)OR8.HX (XV, wherein Rl has the previously described meaning, Rg represents C1_6 alkyl and X represents halogen) in a 1 0 suitable solvent such as an alcohol, for example ethanol, to give a compound of formula XIV. This reaction is carried out at a temperature preferably between room temperature and that of the boiling point of the solvent, during a reaction time preferably between 6 and 48 h. Alternatively, instead of an imino ether it is possible to use a carboxylic acid of formula R1COOH (XVI), an 1 5 and halide of formula R1COX (XVII), an anydride of formula (R1C0)20 (XVIII) or a trialkylorthoester of formula R1C(OR8)3 (XIX), wherein Rl, X and R8 have the previously described meaning.
Finally, deprotection of the piperidinic nitrogen atom of a compound of formula XIV (step D) leads to a compound of formula II. The agent used for 2 0 this deprotection and the reaction conditions employed will depend upon the nature of the protecting group present. Thus, if the protecting group is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group, deprotection can be carried out by treatment with an acid (for example an inorganic acid such as hydrochloric acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid or the like or an organic acid such as toluenesulfonic acid, 2 5 methanesulfonic acid, acetic and, or trifluoroacetic and) in a suitable solvent such as water, an alcohol (e.g. methanol), an ether (e.g. tetrahydrofuran or dioxane) or a halogenated hydrocarbon (e.g. dichloromethane), at a temperature preferably between 0°C and room temperature.
The above reactions are all per se known ones and are carried out in 3 0 accordance with the described procedures.
Acids of formula II I and sulfonyl chlorides of formula I V are commercially available, widely described in the literature or can be prepared by procedures known to those skilled in the art, starting from commercially available products or products which have already been reported in the 3 5 literature. Examples of these reactions include alkylations, acylations, conjugated additions to double bonds, Wittig reaction for the preparation of double bonds, preparation of sulfonamides, reductive aminations, and the like. All these reactions are known per se and are carried out in accordance with the reported conditions.
SI IRRTITI ITF RNFFT fRl II F 2f1 z~s~ssa WO 96/14317 '.s ~ .: j ~t ~ PC"T/EP95/03487 Compounds of formulae BOC(=O)G (V) and BNHC(=O)G (VI) can be readily prepared from the corresponding alcohols and amines of formulae BOH and BNH2, respectively, by conventional procedures, for example by treatment with phenyl chloroforrna~e.
Isocyanates of formula BN=C=O (VII) can be prepared from acids of formula BCOOH (III) using a sequence which comprises the following steps:
conversion of the acid to an acylazide by treatment for example with diphenylphosphorylazide; and subsequent Curtius rearrangement of said acylazide to give an isocyanate. This sequence for preparing isocyanates from 1 0 carboxylic acids is widely described in the literature and can be carried ~ out in accordance with the reported conditions.
The compounds of formulae X, XI, XV, XVI, XVII, XVIII and XIX, as well as alcohols of formula BOH and amines of formula BNH2 are commercially available, widely described in the literature or can be prepared by methods 1 5 analogous to those known in the art starting from commercially available products.
Compounds of general formula I, being potent PAF antagonists, are useful as a preventive and therapeutic drugs for the treatment of circulatory diseases where PAF is involved, such as thrombosis, cerebral apoplexy ( e.g.
2 0 cerebral hemorrhage, cerebral thrombosis), angina pectoris, thrombotic phlebitis, thrombocitopenic purple, nephritis (e.g. glomerular nephritis), diabetic nephrosis, pancreatiris; ischemia and shock states (e.g. septic shock observed after severe infection or postoperatively, intravascular agglutination syndrome caused by endotoxin, anaphylactic shock, hemorrhagic shock, 2 5 myocardial infarction); digestive tract diseases wherein PAF is involved (e.g.
gastric ulcer, inflamatory bowel disease); diseases related to allergy and inflammation (e.g. asthma, dermatitis, urticaria, arthritis, psoriasis);
pneumonia; rejection due to inczeased PAF production after implantations of organs; postoperative organodysfunction (e.g. in heart, liver and kidney) and 3 0 any other condition in which PAF is implicated. They may also be used for contraception of female mammals by suppressing cell division and/or ovoimplantation on the uterus, in the treatment of endometriosis and in the prevention or treatment of hyperendothelinemia induced by excess secretion of endothelin.
3 S According to the activity of the compounds disclosed, the present invention further provides compositions that comprise a compound of the invention together with an excipient and optionally other auxiliary agents, if necessary. The compounds of the present invention can be administered in different pharmaceutical preparations, the precise nature of which will SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) depend, as it is well known, upon the chosen route of administration and the nature of the pathology to be treated.
Thus, solid compositions according to the present invention for oral administration include compressed tablets, dispersible powders, granules and capsules. In tablets, the active component is admixed with at least one inert diluent such as lactose, starch, mannitol, miQOCrystalline cellulose or calcium phosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents for example corn starch, gelatine, microcrystalIine cellulose or polyvinylpyrrolidone; and lubricating agents for example magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc. The tablets may be 1 0 coated by known techniques to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract and, thereby, provide a sustained action over a longer period. Gastric film-coated or enteric film-coated tablets can be made with sugar, gelatin, hydroxypropylcelIulose, or acrylic resins. Tablets with a sustained action may also be obtained using an excipient which provides 1 5 regressive osmosis, such as the galacturonic acid polymers. Formulations for oral use may also be presented as hard capsules of absorbable material, such as gelatin, wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent and lubricating agents, or pasty materials, such as ethoxylated saturated glycerides.
Soft gelatin capsules are also possible, wherein the active ingredient is mixed 2 0 with water or an oily medium, for example peanut oil, Iiquid paraffin or olive oil.
Dispersible powders and granules suitable for the preparation of a suspension by the addition of water provide the active ingredient in admixture with dispersing or wetting agents, suspending agents, such as 2 5 sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gum tragacanth, xantham gum, gum acacia, and one or more preservatives, such as methyl or n-propyl-p-hydroxybenzoate. Additional excipients, for example sweetening, flavouring and colouring agents may also be present.
3 0 Liquid compositions for oral administration include emulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs containing commonly used inert diluents, such as distilled water, ethanol, sorbitol, glycerol, or propylene glycol. Such compositions may also comprise adjuvants such as wetting agents, suspending agents, sweetening, flavouring, perfuming, preserving 3 5 agents and buffers.
Other compositions for oral administration include spray or aerosol compositions, which may be prepared by known methods. These compositions, which can disperse the active ingredient in the form of drops of SU~BS~TUTE Si~T (RI~.E 2s~
~~ ~~~ "'~"~~ . PCT/EP95/03487 a solution or suspension or in the form of a powder, will contain a suitable propellent.
Preparations for injection, according to the present invention, for parenteral administration by bolus injection or continuous infusion include . 5 sterile aqueous or non-aqueous solutions, suspensions or emulsions, in a non-toxic parentally-acceptable diluent or solvent. Examples of aqueous solvents or suspending media are distilled water for injection, Ringer's solution, and isotonic sodium chloride solution. Examples of non-aqueous solvents or suspending media are propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, 10 vegetable oils such as olive oil, or alcohols such as ethanol.. These compositions may also include adjuvants such as wetting, preserving, emulsifying and dispersing agents. They may be sterilized by any known method or manufactured in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved in sterile water or some other sterile injectable medium 15 immediately before use. When all of the components are sterile, the injectables will maintain sterility if they are manufactured under a sterile environment.
A compound of the invention may also administered in the form of suppositories or enemas (which include aqueous or oily solutions as well as 2 0 suspensions and emulsions) for rectal administration of the drug. Such compositions are prepared following conventional procedures; for example, suppositories can be prepared by mixing the active ingredient with a conventional suppository base such as cocoa butter or other glycerides.
Compositions for topical administration of a compound of the present 2 5 invention include creams, ointments, pastes, lotions, gels, sprays, foams, aerosols, solutions, suspensions or powders. Such compositions are conventional formulations and can be prepared by procedures known in the art.
When the compounds of the present invention are to be administered 3 0 to the eye, they can be formulated into solutions or suspensions in suitable sterile aqueous or non-aqueous solvents. These compositions may also include buffers and preservatives.
The dosage and frequency of dose may vary depending upon symptoms, age and body weight of the patient, as well as upon the route of administration, 3 5 but, in general, the compounds of the invention may be administered orally in a daily dose of from I-1000 mg for an adult, preferably a dosage from 5-250 mg, which may be administered either as a single dose or as divided doses. A
preferred dosage for human patients is from 0.005 to 20 mg/kg of body weight, more preferably from 0.05 to 5 mg/kg of body weight.
~I IRSTITI ITF SHFFT 1171 tl F ~R1 WO 96/14317 ~ i ; .
The compositions for topical administration will typically contain 0.5-IO% by weight of a compound of formula I.
Following are some representative preparations for tablets, capsules, -syrups, aerosols, injectables and creams. They can be prepared following standard procedures and they are useful in the treatment of PAF-mediated conditions.
Tablets Compound of formula I 100 mg 1 0 Dibasic calaum phosphateI25 mg Sodium starch glycolate 10 mg Talc IZ.S mg Magnesium stearate 2.5 mg 1 5 250.0 mg Hard gelatin capstles Compound of formula I 100 mg Lactose 197 mg 2 0 Magnesium stearate 3 mg 300 mg 2 5 Compound of formula I 0.4 g Sucrose 45 g Flavouring agent 0.2 g Sweetening agent O.I g Water to 100 m L
A
erosol Compound of formula I 4 g Flavouring agent 0.2 g Propylene glycol to I 00 m 3 5 Suitable propellent to 1 unit Injectable ~repa_ration Compound of formula I . 100 mg Benrylic alcohol 0.05 m I
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) _ w0 96/14317 ~'i ~~ ~~6'~g' ~. , Propylene glycol I m Water to 5 m Cream Compound of formula I 2 g Dimethyl acetamide 2 g White paraffin 2,5 g Stearic alcohol ~ g Propylene glycol 12 g 1 0 Sodium lauryl sulfate 1.5 g Methylparabene 0,3 g Purified water 31.6 g The following pharmacological tests explain the activity of the 1 5 compounds of the present invention in more detail.
Inhibition of platelet aQaregation induced by PAF
Platelet aggregation studies were done by the method of Born (J.
Physiol.,1962, I62. 67). Blood was collected in 3.16% sodium citrate (1 volume 2 0 per 9 volumes of blood) by cardiac puncture from male New Zealand rabbits (2-2.5 Kg body weight). Platelet rich plasma (PRP) was prepared by centrifuging the blood at 250xg for IO min. at 4°C. The PRP was diluted with platelet-poor plasma (PPP) obtained by further centrifuging at 3000xg for 10 min. The platelet count was adjusted to 3x105 cells/mm3. Platelet aggregation was 2 5 induced by Clg-PAF (15 nM) and measured with a dual-channel aggregometer Chrono-log 560. Activity was expressed as the ICSp value, that is to say the concentration of drug required to inhibit platelet aggregatory response by 50%.
The results are shown in table I below.
TABLIr II
3 0 Compound ICS (~M) .
No.
1 0.0076 16 0.0092 3 5 I7a 0.018 I~ 0.0050 2I 0.0069 O.OI I
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 96/14317 ~ ~ ~ : _ PCT/EP95/03487 32 0.011 39 O.OI6 40 0.012 41 0.0067 O.OI9 47 0.036 50 0.013 5~ O.OI7 60 O.OI7 1 0 6I 0.0062 70 0.034 1 S Inhibition of PAF-induced hwotension in normotensive rats Male Sprague-Dawley rats, weighing I80-220 g, were anesthetized with sodium pentobarbital (50 mg/Kg i.p.). Blood pressure was recorded from the left carotid artery using a Statham pressure transducer coupled to a Beckman R6I1 recorder. Right and left femoral veins were catheterized to inject test 2 0 compounds and PAF (0.5 ~tg/Kg). Test compounds were administered by intravenous injection (1 mL/Kg, dissolved in saline) 3 min. before PAF. Blood pressure was monitored and percent inhibition of PAF-induced hypotension with respect to controls was calculated. The results were expressed as IDSo values, that is to say the dose of test compound required to inhibit hypotension 2 5 by 50%. Results are shown in Table II.
TABLE II
Compound IDSO (mg/Kg) No.
3 0 1 0.0086 17a 0.029 1~ O.OI-0.025 21 0.043 30 O.OI5 3 5 32 0.0079 0.033 4I O.OI2 47 O.OI3 SUBSTITUTE S;iEFT IRULF ?Rv y, PCT/EP95/03487 50 O.OI7 59 0.021 60 O.OI9 70 0.014 The following examples illustrate, but do not limit, the scope of the present invention:
1-tent-Butoxycarbonyl-4-(aminomethyl)piperidine 1 0 To a cooled (0 °C) solution of 4-(aminomethyl)piperidine (40 g, 0.35 mol) in CHCI3 (300 mL) was added a solution of di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (39.2 g, O.I7 mol) in CHC13 (300 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for I8 h. The resulting solution was washed with H20 and the aqueous phase was reextracted with CHC13. The combined organic phases were dried and concentrated to a crude product (54.I g), which was directly used in the next step as obtained.
IH NMR (SOMHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 4.1I (broad d, J= 13.4 Hz, 2H), 2.69 (m, 4H), 1.45 (s, 9H), I.8-0.8 (complex signal, 7I~.
2 0 4-[[1-(tent-Butoxycarbonyl)-4-piperidyl]methylamino]-3-nitropyridine To a cooled (0 °C) solution of 4-chloro-3-nitropyridine (83.7 g, 0.53 mol) in CHC13 (700 mL) a solution of the product obtained in reference example I
(140 g, 0.65 mol) and Et3N (110 mL) in CHCI3 (500 mL) was added and the mixture heated at reflux for 18 h. It was then evaporated, and the residue was 2 5 partitioned between IN NaOH and EtOAc. The aqueous phase was reextracted twice with EtOAc, and the combined organic extracts were dried and concentrated to a total volume of 400 mL. After cooling (-20 oC) overnight, a yellow solid was collected and dried (II5 g, 64%).
mp I3I-I38 °C;
3 0 1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 9.20 (s, IH), 8.30 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 8.19 (m, 1H), 6.72 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 4.18 (broad d, J= 13.4 Hz, 2H), 3.26 (t, J=
5.9Hz, 2H), 2.72 (broad t, J= I2.7Hz, 2H), I.46 (s, 9H), I.8-0.8 (complex signal, SH).
3-Amino-4-([1-(tent-butoxycarbonyl)-4-piperidyl]methylamino)pyridine 3 5 A mixture of the product obtained in reference example 2 (26.2 g, 0.077 mol) and Pd/C IO% (3.83 g) in MeOH (500 mL) was hydrogenated at SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 96/14317 PC"T/EP95/03487 ~~846=~~.
atmospheric pressure for 18 h. The catalyst was filtered off and the filtrate concentrated to a crude product (22.9 g, 96%), which was directly used in the next step as obtained.
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCI3) 8 ('TMS): 7.65 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.64 (s, IH), 6.59 (d, J=
5 5.5Hz, IH), 4.I0 (broad d, J= 13.4 Hz, 2H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 3.25 (d, J= 6.5Hz, 2H), 2.74 (broad t, J= IZ.OHz, ZH), I.46 (s, 9H), I.8-0.8 (complex signal, 5H).
Alternatively, the title compound was prepared as follows: To a solution of the product obtained in reference example 2 (82.2 g, 0.244 mol) in pyridine (400 mL) was added a solution of Na2S204 (I70 g, 0.976 mol) in H20 (500 mL).
1 0 The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 h, then partitioned between EtOAc (800 mL) and 5N NaOH (450 mL). The organic phase was separated, dried and evaporated to give a yellow solid (101 g), which still contained pyridine.
1 5 1-[[1-(tent-Butoxycarbonyl)-4-piperidyl)methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-clpyridine To a solution of the product obtained in reference example 3 (22.9 g, 0.07 mol) in EtOH (350 mL) was added ethyl acetimidate hydrochloride (9.2 g, 0.074 mot) and the mixture was refluxed for 4 h. A second equivalent of ethyl 2 0 acetimidate hydrochloride was added (9.2 g, 0.074 mol) and the mixture was further refluxed for 18 h. Finally, a third equivalent of ethyl acetimidate hydrochloride was added (9.2 g, 0.074 mol) and the mixture was heated for 4 h more. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue partitioned between CHC13 and 0.5N NaOH. The organic phase was dried and concentrated to a 2 5 residue (30 g), which was purified by chromatography on silica gel (CHCI3:MeOH, IO%) to afford the title compound as a yellow solid (23.4 g, 95%).
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.98 (s, IH), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.22 (d, J=
5.5Hz, IH), 4.I0 (broad d, J= I3.4 Hz, 2H), 3.96 (d, J= 7.3Hz, 2H), 2.64 (broad t, J=
12.7Hz, 2H), 2.63 (s, 3H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 2.2-1.0 (complex signal, 5H).
1-((4-Piperidyl)methyl)-IH-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine To a cooled (0 °C) solution of the product obtained in reference example 4 (23.1 g, 0.07 mol) in MeOH (200 mL) was added dropwise 6.5N HChg~/dioxane solution (44 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h and 3 5 evaporated to dryness. The residue was cooled (0 °C), IN NaOH was added and the resulting solution was extracted with CHC13 (3x). The combined organic extracts were dried and concentrated to a yellow solid (I5.8 g, 98%).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (R' !!..~ ?"~
WO 96/14317 , PCT/EP95/03487 1H NMR (80MHz, CDCI3) 8 (TMS): 8.96 (s, IH), 8.35 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.20 (d, j=
S.SHz,1H), 3.95 (d, J= 7.3Hz, ZH), 3.06 (broad d, J= I2.01-iz, 2H), 2.6I (s, 3H), 2.51 (broad t, J= I2.7Hz, 2H), 2.2-L0 (complex signal, 6H).
1-(4-Piperidyl)-iH-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine, hydrochloride Following the procedure described above in reference examples I-5, but starting from 4-aminopiperidine instead of 4-(aminomethyl)piperidine, the title compound was obtained (56%).
1H NMR (80MHz, CD30D) S (T'MS): 9.32 (s, 1H), 8.82 (d, j= 5.5 Hz, IH), 8.62 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, IH), 5.I7 (s, IH), 3.9-2.2 (complex signal, 9H).
3,3-biphenyl-3-ethoxycarbonylpropionic acid a) Ethyl diphenylacetate To a solution of diphenylacetic acid (20 g, 0.094 mol) in EtOH (70 mL), 1 5 was added toluene (70 mL). Next, H2S04 (3 mL) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was refluxed for IS h. Then, H20 and EtOAc were added, the layers were separated, and the organic phase was washed with saturated NaHC03 solution (3x), dried and concentrated to a white solid (23.2 g), which was directly used in the next step as obtained.
2 0 1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 7.28 (m, IOH), 5.00 (s, IH), 4.19 (q, j=
7Hz, ZH), L22 (t, J= 7Hz, 3H).
b) Tent butyl 3,3-diphenyl-3-ethoxycarbonylpropionate To a solution of NaH (60% suspension in parafine, 4.25 g) in DMF (100 mL), was added a solution of the product obtained in reference example 7a 2 5 (23.2 g, 0.965 mol) in DMF (50 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. Tert-butyl bromoacetate (I3.5 mL, 0.965 mol) was added dropwise and the mixture was stirred at 60°C for 18 h. The resulting solution was treated with H20 (1 mL) and the solvents were removed. More H20 was added and then it was extracted with EtOAc, at basic pH. The organic 3 0 phase was dried and concentrated to a dark oil.
1H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) S (TMS): 7.26 (s, IOH), 4.21 (q, J= 7.2Hz, 2H), 3.43 (s, 2H), L30 (s, 9H),1.16 (t, J= 7.ZHz, 3H).
c) Title compound To a cooled (0 °C) solution of the product obtained in reference example 3 5 7b (6 g, O.OI7 mol) in CH2C12 (20 mL) was added dropwise trifluoroacetic acid (2.6 mL) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for I8 h. The title compound was then obtained by evaporating the resulting solution to dryness (85%).
SUaSTI ,TUTE S~iEFT lRlll F ~~~
WO 96/14317 ~ ~ ~g PCT/EP95/03487 1H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 11.26 (broad s, 1H), 7.25 (s, IOH), 4.21 (q, J=
7.IHz, ZH), 3.54 (s, ZH),1.I7 (t, J= 7.IHz, 3H).
3-Phenyl-3-(phenylamino)propionic acid To a solution of aniline hydrochloride (3.37 g, 26 mmol) and ethyl benzoylacetate (5 mL, 26 mmol) in MeOH (70 mL) was added NaBH3CN (1.75 g) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for I8 h. The solvent was removed and the residue partitioned between 0.5N HCl and Et20. The aqueous phase was made basic with IN NaOH and extracted with CHC13. The 1 0 organic phase was dried and concentrated to a residue. Purification by chromatography on silica gel (hexane : EtOAc, 5%) afforded ethyl 3-phenyl-3-(phenylamino)propionate (4.3 g , 62%). This compound was then hydrolized under basic conditions to give the title compound as a white solid.
mp: 1 I 0-I 11 °C;
1 5 1H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) b (TMS) 7.I0 (m, 8H), 6.63 (m, 2H), 4.85 (t, J =
6.3Hz, IH), 4.05 (m, 2H), 2.85 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 2H).
3-(4-Nitrophenyl)amino-3-phenylpropionic acid A mixture of traps-cinnamic acid (Z g, 13 mmol) and HBr (30% solution 2 0 in AcOH, 40 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 18 h and then evaporated to dryness. The resulting solid was taken up in 2-butanone (I00 mL) and p-nitroaniline (5 g, 36 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was refluxed for IS h, allowed to cool and partitioned between CHCl3 and IN HCI.
The organic phase was dried and concentrated to a residue. This was purified 2 5 by chromatography on silica gel (hexane : EtOAc, 50%), to afford the title compound as a yellow solid (0.78 g, 2I %).
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS) 7.99 (d, J= 9.2 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (m, 5H), 6.56 (d, J= 9.2 Hz, 2H), 4.92 (t, J = 6.3Hz, IH), 3.44 (m, 2H), 2.82 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 2H).
REFERENCE EXAMPLE l0a and IOb 3 0 cis- and traps-3-(4-Nitrophenyl)-3-phenylpropenoic acid To a cooled (0°C) suspension of 50% NaH (24.66 g, 0.5I mol) in THE
(375 mL) was added dropwise triethyl phosphonoacetate (88.2 mL, 0.44 mol). The mixture was stirred for 45 min and 4-nitrobenzophenone (I02 g, 0.45 mol) in THE (525 mL) was added. The resulting mixture was refluxed for I8 h under an 3 5 argon atmosphere, and then allowed to cool and partitioned between H20 and EtOAc. The organic phase was dried and concentrated to a residue (l I5 g).
This crude material was dissolved in MeOH (600 mL), a solution of K2C03 (87.2 g) in H20 (288 mL) was added and the mixture was refluxed for 4 h. MeOH was removed, water was added and the solution extracted with hexane. The SUaSTITUTE SHEET fR(1fF SRI
3-(4-Nitrophenyl)amino-3-phenylpropionic acid A mixture of traps-cinnamic acid (Z g, 13 mmol) and HBr (30% solution 2 0 in AcOH, 40 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 18 h and then evaporated to dryness. The resulting solid was taken up in 2-butanone (I00 mL) and p-nitroaniline (5 g, 36 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was refluxed for IS h, allowed to cool and partitioned between CHCl3 and IN HCI.
The organic phase was dried and concentrated to a residue. This was purified 2 5 by chromatography on silica gel (hexane : EtOAc, 50%), to afford the title compound as a yellow solid (0.78 g, 2I %).
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS) 7.99 (d, J= 9.2 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (m, 5H), 6.56 (d, J= 9.2 Hz, 2H), 4.92 (t, J = 6.3Hz, IH), 3.44 (m, 2H), 2.82 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 2H).
REFERENCE EXAMPLE l0a and IOb 3 0 cis- and traps-3-(4-Nitrophenyl)-3-phenylpropenoic acid To a cooled (0°C) suspension of 50% NaH (24.66 g, 0.5I mol) in THE
(375 mL) was added dropwise triethyl phosphonoacetate (88.2 mL, 0.44 mol). The mixture was stirred for 45 min and 4-nitrobenzophenone (I02 g, 0.45 mol) in THE (525 mL) was added. The resulting mixture was refluxed for I8 h under an 3 5 argon atmosphere, and then allowed to cool and partitioned between H20 and EtOAc. The organic phase was dried and concentrated to a residue (l I5 g).
This crude material was dissolved in MeOH (600 mL), a solution of K2C03 (87.2 g) in H20 (288 mL) was added and the mixture was refluxed for 4 h. MeOH was removed, water was added and the solution extracted with hexane. The SUaSTITUTE SHEET fR(1fF SRI
_ ~ ~ P~~p95/03487 aqueous solution was then brought up to acid pH with 5N HC1 and extracted with CHC13. Evaporation of the solvent afforded a brown solid as a czs/trans mixture.
Pure cis isomer (l0a) can be obtained by recrystallization from EtOAc (34 g, 30%).
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCI3) 8 (TMS): 8.23 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (m, 7H), 6.70 (m), 6.44 (s, IH).
Pure traps isomer (lOb) can be obtained as follows: A mixture of ethyl traps-cinnamate (4.4g, 27 mmol), 4-bromonitrobenzene (6 g, 29.7 mol), triphenylphosphine (0.26 g), tributylamine (8 mL), and palladium acetate (57 mg) in acetonitrile (20 mL) was heated under argon at refIux for two days. The cooled mixture was partitioned between 0.5 N NaOH and CHC13, the organic phase separated, dried and concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel (Hexane:EtOAc, 20%) to afford a white solid (2.4 g, 3I %).
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.I8 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (m, SH), 6.39 (s, IH).
3-Hydroxy-3-phenyl-3-trifluoromethylpropionic acid 2 0 To a cooled (0 °C) solution of n-butyl lithium (I.6M in hexanes, 40 mL) in dry THF (90 mL), was added dropwise diisopropylamine (9.45 mL) and the mixture was stirred for 5 min. Keeping the temperature at 0°C, AcOH
(I.92 mL, 0.0336 mol) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was stirred for 10 min and then heated at 50°C for 30 min. The resulting solution was allowed to 2 5 cool, a solution of 2,2,2-trifluoroacetophenone (4.76 mL (0.0336 mol) in dry THF (I5 mL) was added at 0 °C and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Finally, Et20 (I50 mL) and H20 (50 mL) were added, the aqueous phase was separated, acidified with HCl and extracted with EtOAc (3x). The organic phase was dried and concentrated to afford the title 3 0 compound as an orange solid (3.88 g, 49%).
1H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 9.0 (complex signal, 2H), 7.38 (m, 5H), 3.2 (s, 2H).
3,3-Diphenylpropenoic acid 3 5 Following a similar procedure to that described in reference example 10, but using benzophenone instead of 4-nitrobenzophenone, the title compound was obtained.
1H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) b (TMS): 7.31 (m, IOH), 6.33 (s, IH), 5.9 (m, 1H).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE ?G) WO 96/14317 '~
3-(4-Nitrophenyl)butanoic acid To cooled (0 °C) concentrated H2S04 (30 mL) was added 3-phenylbutyric and (IS g, 9I mmoI). Then, a cooled solution of HN03 (5 mL) in HZS04 (10 mL) was added dropwise and the mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 30 min and then at room temperature for 30 min more. The mixture was poured into ice and the resulting solution allowed to stand in the refrigerator overnight. The precipitate was filtered, washed with H20 and dried to give a crude product (28.3 g). This was purified by chromatography on silica gel (CHCI3:MeOH, 10%) to afford the title compound (4.I g, 21 %).
IH NMR (80MHz, CDCl3+CD30D) 8 (TMS): 8.14 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, ZH), 7.47 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 4.77 (s, IH), 3.36 (quint, J= 7.6 Hz, IH), 2.61 (d, j= 7.4 Hz, 2H),1.3I (d, J=
7.0 Hz, 3H).
3-Ethoxycarbonyl-3-(4-nitrophenyl)propionic acid 1 5 Following a similar procedure to that described in reference example 7b, but starting from ethyl 4-nitrophenylacetate instead of ethyl diphenylacetate, and hydrolizing then the tert-butyl ester using p-toluenesulfonic acid in benzene at reflux instead of using trifluoroacetic acid, the title compound was obtained.
2 0 1H NMR (80MHz, CDCI3) S (TMS): 9.61 (s, IH), 8.19 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.49 (d, J=
Pure cis isomer (l0a) can be obtained by recrystallization from EtOAc (34 g, 30%).
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCI3) 8 (TMS): 8.23 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (m, 7H), 6.70 (m), 6.44 (s, IH).
Pure traps isomer (lOb) can be obtained as follows: A mixture of ethyl traps-cinnamate (4.4g, 27 mmol), 4-bromonitrobenzene (6 g, 29.7 mol), triphenylphosphine (0.26 g), tributylamine (8 mL), and palladium acetate (57 mg) in acetonitrile (20 mL) was heated under argon at refIux for two days. The cooled mixture was partitioned between 0.5 N NaOH and CHC13, the organic phase separated, dried and concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel (Hexane:EtOAc, 20%) to afford a white solid (2.4 g, 3I %).
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.I8 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (m, SH), 6.39 (s, IH).
3-Hydroxy-3-phenyl-3-trifluoromethylpropionic acid 2 0 To a cooled (0 °C) solution of n-butyl lithium (I.6M in hexanes, 40 mL) in dry THF (90 mL), was added dropwise diisopropylamine (9.45 mL) and the mixture was stirred for 5 min. Keeping the temperature at 0°C, AcOH
(I.92 mL, 0.0336 mol) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was stirred for 10 min and then heated at 50°C for 30 min. The resulting solution was allowed to 2 5 cool, a solution of 2,2,2-trifluoroacetophenone (4.76 mL (0.0336 mol) in dry THF (I5 mL) was added at 0 °C and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Finally, Et20 (I50 mL) and H20 (50 mL) were added, the aqueous phase was separated, acidified with HCl and extracted with EtOAc (3x). The organic phase was dried and concentrated to afford the title 3 0 compound as an orange solid (3.88 g, 49%).
1H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 9.0 (complex signal, 2H), 7.38 (m, 5H), 3.2 (s, 2H).
3,3-Diphenylpropenoic acid 3 5 Following a similar procedure to that described in reference example 10, but using benzophenone instead of 4-nitrobenzophenone, the title compound was obtained.
1H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) b (TMS): 7.31 (m, IOH), 6.33 (s, IH), 5.9 (m, 1H).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE ?G) WO 96/14317 '~
3-(4-Nitrophenyl)butanoic acid To cooled (0 °C) concentrated H2S04 (30 mL) was added 3-phenylbutyric and (IS g, 9I mmoI). Then, a cooled solution of HN03 (5 mL) in HZS04 (10 mL) was added dropwise and the mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 30 min and then at room temperature for 30 min more. The mixture was poured into ice and the resulting solution allowed to stand in the refrigerator overnight. The precipitate was filtered, washed with H20 and dried to give a crude product (28.3 g). This was purified by chromatography on silica gel (CHCI3:MeOH, 10%) to afford the title compound (4.I g, 21 %).
IH NMR (80MHz, CDCl3+CD30D) 8 (TMS): 8.14 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, ZH), 7.47 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 4.77 (s, IH), 3.36 (quint, J= 7.6 Hz, IH), 2.61 (d, j= 7.4 Hz, 2H),1.3I (d, J=
7.0 Hz, 3H).
3-Ethoxycarbonyl-3-(4-nitrophenyl)propionic acid 1 5 Following a similar procedure to that described in reference example 7b, but starting from ethyl 4-nitrophenylacetate instead of ethyl diphenylacetate, and hydrolizing then the tert-butyl ester using p-toluenesulfonic acid in benzene at reflux instead of using trifluoroacetic acid, the title compound was obtained.
2 0 1H NMR (80MHz, CDCI3) S (TMS): 9.61 (s, IH), 8.19 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.49 (d, J=
8.4 Hz, ZH), 4.16 (q, J= 7.3 Hz, 2H), 4.14 (m, IH), 3.30 (dd, J= I7.5 Hz, J=
9.0 Hz, IH), 2.76 (dd, J= I7.3 Hz, J= 6.I Hz, IH), I.20 (t, J= 7.3 Hz, 3H).
3-Ethoxycarbonyl-3-phenylpropionic acid 2 5 Following a similar procedure to that described in reference example I4, but starting from ethyl phenylacetate, the title compound was obtained.
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCI3) 8 (TMS): 9.49 (m, IH), 7.28 (s, 5H), 4.I3 (m, 3H), 3.25 (dd, J= I7.2 Hz, J= 9.8 Hz, IH), 2.67 (dd, J= I7.I Hz, j= 5.3 Hz, 1H), I.17 (t, J= 7.3 Hz, 3H).
ris and traps-3-(3-Nitrophenyl)-3-phenylpropenoic acid Following the procedure described in reference example I0, but starting from 3-nitrobenzophenone, the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid.
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.1I (m, 2H), 7.25 (m, 7H), 6.37 (s, 0.67H), 3 5 6.34 (s, 0.33H), 6.I2 (s, IH).
3-[N-(Ethoxycarbonyl)amino]-3-(4-nitrophenyl)propionic acid SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 96/14317 ~ PCT/EP95/03487 Following the procedure described in reference example 13, but starting from 3-[N-(ethoxycarbo~yl)~r~ino]-3-phenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained.
1H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) b (TMS): 9.66 (s, 1H), 8.I7 (d, J= 6.5 Hz, 2H), 7.50 (d, J=
5 6.5 Hz, 2H), 6.2 (m, IH), 5.22 (q, J= 7.5 Hz, IH), 4.I1 (q, J= 7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.9I (d, J=
6.2 Hz, 2H),1.20 (t, J= 7.I Hz, 3H).
3-Hydroxy-3-(2-methylpropyl)-5-methylhexanoic acid Following the procedure described in reference example lI, but using 1 0 2,6-dimethyl-4-heptanone instead of 2,2,2-trifluoroacetophenone, . the title compound was obtained (56%).
1H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) b (TMS): 6.8 (m, 2H), 2.25 (s, 2H), I.7 (m, 2H), 0.95 (m, 16H).
1 5 3-Methyl-3-phenylbutanoic acid.
a) 3-Methyl-3-phenylbutyronitrile A mixture of I-chloro-2-methyl-2-phenylpropane (150 g, 0.889 mol) and NaCN (54.46 g) in DMSO (250 mL) was heated at 100 °C for 3 weeks.
The solution was concentrated to half the initial volume, H20 (400 mL) was added 2 0 and it was extracted with Et20 (3x). The combined organic extracts were dried and concentrated to a crude product (115.1 g), which was directly used in the next step as obtained.
b) Title compound To the product obtained in a) above was added slowly H20 (375 mL) and 2 5 H2S04 (300 mL), and the mixture was refluxed for 48 h. Then, H?O was added and the resulting solution was extracted with CHCl3. The organic phase was washed with 2N NaOH (3x), and the aqueous phase was acidified with 5N HCl and extracted with CHCl3. The combined organic extracts were dried and concentrated to afford the title compound.
3 0 1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 10.8 (m, IH), 7.29 (s, 5H), 2.6I (s, 2H), 1.43 (s, 6H).
N-Methyl-N-phenylaminoacetic acid To a solution of N-phenylglydne (5 g, 33 mmol) and formaldehyde (37%
3 5 aqueous solution, 20 mL) in acetonitrile (I00 mL) was added NaBH3CN (6.8 g) and AcOH (2 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Volatiles were removed in vacuo, the residue was acidified to pH=3-4 and extracted with CHC13 several times. The combined organic extracts were dried and concentrated to afford a crude product (5.73 g), which was SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) PCT/EP95/03487 4.
~l8O.fi60 purified by chromatography on silica gel (EtOAc) to afford the title compound (3.96 g, 73%).
1 H NMR (SOMHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.82 (s, I H), 7.38 (m, 2H), 6.75 (m, 3H), 4.05 (s, ZH), 3.03 (s, 3H).
3-Methyl-3-(4-nitrophenyl)butanoic acid Following the procedure described in reference example I3, but starting from the compound obtained in reference example I9, the title compound was obtained (47%).
1H NMR (SOMHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.16 (d, J= 6.5 Hz, 2H), 7.55 (d, J= 6.5 H~, 2H), 3.5 (m, IH), 2.70 (s, 2H), L50 (s, 6H).
REFERENCE EXAMPLE ZZ
cis and traps-3-(4-Nitrophenyl)-2-butenoic acid Following the procedure described in reference example I0, but using 4 1 5 nitroacetophenone instead of 4-nitrobenzophenone, the title compound was obtained.
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.8 (m, IH), 8.23 (d, j= 6.4 Hz, 2H), 7.64 (d, J=
6.4 Hz, 2H), 6.21 (d, J= 1.3 Hz, 0.7H), 6.07 (d, J= I.3 Hz, 0.3H), 2.62 (d, J=
1.3 Hz, 3H).
N-Ethoxycarbonyl-N-(4-nitrophenyl)aminoacetic acid To a cooled (0 °C) suspension of 4-nitroaniline (10 g, 0.072 mol) and Et3N
(10 mL) in CHC13 (120 mL), was added dropwise ethyl chloroformate (6.9 mL) and the mixture was stirred under an argon atmosphere at room temperature 2 5 overnight. CHC13 was added and the resulting solution was washed with 1N
HCl. The layers were separated, the aqueous phase was washed with CHC13 and the combined organic extracts were dried and concentrated. The residue was chromatographed on silica gel (hexane:EtOAc, 30%) to afford N-(ethoxycarbonyl)-4-nitroaniline (I.7 g).
3 0 This product was dissolved in THF (5 mL) and was then added dropwise to a cooled (0 °C) suspension of NaH (0.48 g, IO mmol) in dry THF (IO
mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min and then ethyl bromoacetate (0.89 mL, 8 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 48 h and then refluxed for 24 h. The residue was taken 3 5 up in CHC13 and phosphate buffer, and extracted with CHC13 (2x).
Evaporation of the solvent gave the title compound as the ethyl ester (I.54 g).
This product was dissolved in MeOH (35 mL), a solution of K2C03 (I.33 g) in H20 (I8 mL) was added and the mixture was refluxed for 3 h. Volatiles were removed in vacuo and the resulting solution was extracted with hexane.
SUBSTITUTE SfiEFT !RULE 261 218 '~ s~6 0, The aqueous phase was made acid and extracted with CHC13. The organic extracts were dried and concentrated to afford the title compound.
1H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.21 (d, J= 6.5 Hz, 2I-~, 7.50 (d, J= 6.5 Hz, 2H), 5.89 (broad s, IH), 4.45 (s, 2H), 4.16 (q, J= 7.I Hz, 2H), L26 (t, J= 7.I Hz, 3H).
traps -3-Phenyl-2-pentenoic acid Following the procedure described in reference example I0, but using propiophenone instead of 4-nitrobenzophenone, the title compound was obtained.
1 0 IH NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 CTMS): 10.68 (m, IH), 7.42 (m, 5H), 6.05 (s, IH), 3.I2 (q, J= 7.I Hz, 2H7,1.09 (t, J= 7.I Hz, 3H).
2-Methyl-2-phenylpropylsulfonyl chloride In a flask under argon were placed magnesium turnings (0.8 g, 0.036 15 mol), dry THF (IO mL) and a iodine crystal. Then, I-chloro-2-methyl-2 phenylpropane (5 mL, 0.031 moI) in THF (I5 mL) was added slowly and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 30 min. It was then allowed to cool to room temperature and finally it was cooled to -70 °C and sulfuryl chloride (2.5 mL, 0.031 mol) in THF (10 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction was allowed to 2 0 warm up to room temperature and was stirred at this temperature overnight.
The resulting solution was poured into diluted phosphate buffer and extracted with EtOAc (3x). Evaporation of the solvent afforded the title compound (4.6 g, 65%).
1H NMR (SOMHz, CDCl3) S (TMS): 7.30 (m, 5H), 3.59 (s, 2H),1.39 (s, 6H).
[N-(2-Methoxyphenyl)-N-methylamino]acetic acid.
a) N-(2-Methoxyphenyl)aminoacetic acid.
To a cooled (0 °C) solution of 2-methoxyaniline (I3.2 g, 0.108 mol) in CHC13 (I00 mL) was added ethyl bromoacetate (6 mL, 0.05 mol) and the 3 0 mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The resulting solution was washed with 0.5N NaOH and the organic phase was concentrated to a crude product. This was purified by chromatography on silica gel (hexane-EtOAc, IO%) to afford ethyl N-(2-methoxyphenyl)aminoacetate (4.2 g, 40%).
This compound was dissolved in MeOH (80 mL), a solution of K2C03 (4.4 g) in 3 5 H20 (50 mL) was added and the mixture was refluxed overnight. MeOH was removed and the resulting aqueous solution was extracted with hexane. The aqueous phase was acidified with 5N HCl and extracted with CHC13 (3x).
Evaporation of the solvent afforded the title compound.
SUBSTITUTE SiiEET (RULE 26?
~~fi6~ _ WO 96!14317 PCT/EP95/03487 1H NMR (80MHz, CDC13+ CD30D) 8 (TMS): 6.83 (m, 3H), 6.56 (m, IH), 3.91 (s, 2H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.62 (s, 2H).
b)Title compound Following the procedure described in reference example 20, but starting from the compound obtained in reference example 26a, the title compound was obtained (76%).
1H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.78 (broad s, IH), 6.87 (m, 4H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.71 (s, 2H), 2.88 (s, IH).
traps-3-(Methoxymethyl)-3-phenylpropenoic acid.
Following the procedure described in reference example I0, but using 2-methoxyacetophenone instead of 4-nitrobenzophenone, the title compound was obtained (30%a).
1H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): I1.I3 (broad s, IH), 7.23 (s, 5H), 6.49 (s, IH), 1 5 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.52 (s, ZH).
N-Isobutyl-N-(4-nitrophenylsulfonyl)aminoacetic acid a) N-Isobutyl-N-(4-nitrophenylsulfonyl)amine To a solution of isobutylamine (5 mL, 0.052 mol) in CHZCl2 (100 mL) was 2 0 added Et3N (5.07 mL) and 4-nitrobenzenesulfonyl chloride (1 L7 g, 0.052 mol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The resulting solution was washed with H20 (3x), dried and concentrated to afford the desired product (9.41 g, 70%).
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.38 (d, J= 6.5 Hz, 2H), 8.08 (d, J= 6.5 Hz, 2H), 2 5 S.I2 (t, J= 6.4 Hz, IH), 2.83 (t, J= 6.5 Hz, 2H), I.75 (hept, J= 6.5 Hz, 1H), 0.89 (d, J=
6.5 Hz, 6H).
b) Title compound Following a similar procedure to that described in reference example 26a, but starting from the compound obtained in section a) above, the title 3 0 compound was obtained (3.20 g, 28%).
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) S (TMS): 8.36 (d, J= 6.5 Hz, 2I-0, 8.03 (d, J= 6.5 Hz, 2H), 4.09 (s, 2H), 3.80 (s, IH), 3.I0 (d, J= 7.4 Hz, 2H), 1.87 (kept, J= 6.5 Hz, 1H), 0.91 (d, J= 6.5 Hz, 6H).
3 5 1-([1-(3,3-biphenylpropionyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,r c]pyridine To a cooled (0 °C) mixture of the product obtained in reference example 5 (0.5 g, 2.I7 mmol), 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid (0.49 g, 2.I7 mmol) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (0.26 g) in DMF (25 mL), was added under a nitrogen SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) '- WO 96/14317 PCT/EP95/03487 atmosphere dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (0.4 g) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for I8 h. The solvents were removed in vacuo, the resulting residue was stirred with EtOAc and the insoluble material was filtered off. The organic solution was washed with saturated NaHC03 solution, H20 and brine, dried and concentrated. The residue (1.44 g) was purified by chromatography on silica gel (CHCI3:MeOH, IO%) to afford the title compound as a white solid (0.59 g, 62%).
mp 79-84°C (CZgH3pN40);
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) S (TMS): 8.96 (s, IH), 8.35 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.23 (m, 1 0 lIH), 4.66 (t, J= 7.3Hz, IH), 4.65 (m, IH), 3.83 (d, J= 7.2Hz, 2H), 3.81 (m, IH), 3.OI
(dd, J= 7.8Hz, J= 3.2Hz, 2H), 2.57 (s, 3H), 3-0.5 (complex signal, 7H);
13C NMR (20.I5MHz, CDCI3) 8 (TMS): 169.25, I53.I7, 143.78, 143.37, 140.85, 140.71, 139.84, 138.97, 127.93, 127.58, 127,19, 125,87, 104.74, 48.62, 47.11, 44.90, 40.88, 38.00, 36.32, 29.66, 29.03,13.37.
1 5 The trihydrochloride was prepared by treatment of a solution of the product (0.28 g) in a 1: 1 mixture of EtOAc and CH2CI2 with a solution of HCl(g) in Et20. The mixture was cooled for 1 h at -20°C and the solid was collected by filtration to afford the desired salt (0.3 g, 85%a).
mp 128-134°C (C28H3aN40.3HC1).
2 0 The hemifumarate was prepared by treatment of a solution of the product (0.87 g) in EtOH with a solution of fumaric acid (0.46g) in EtOH. The mixture was cooled for 1 h at -20°C, the solid was collected by filtration and recrystallized again in EtOH to afford the desired salt (0.308 g, 30%).
mp 190-194°C (C2gH3pN40.I /2 C4H404. H20).
1-[1-(3,3-Diphenylpropionyl)-4-piperidyl]-IH-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example 1, but starting from the compound obtained in reference example 6, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (45%).
3 0 mp: 95-100°C (CZ~H2gN40);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.97 (s, 1H), 8.33 (d, j= 5.3Hz, IH), 7.29 (m, lOH), 7.08 (d, J= 5.3Hz, IH), 4.83 (m, IH), 4.74 (t, J= 7.5Hz, IH), 4.30 (m, 2H), 3.10 (m, 3H), 2.61 (s, 3H), 3-I.5 (complex signal, 5H).
3 5 1-((1-[3-[N-(Methoxycarbonyl)amino]-3-phenylpropionyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example I, but using 3-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)amino)-3-phenylpropionic acid instead of 3,3-SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 96/14317 ~' ; PCT/EP95/03487 diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (5I %).
mp: 97 I00°C (C24H29N5~3.1 /2H20);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDC13) S (TMS): 8.95 (s, IH), 8.35 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.30 (m, 5 6H), 6.50 (m, IH), 5.08 (m, IH), 4.60 (m, 1H), 3.87 (m, 3H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 2.58 (s, 3H), 3-0.5 (complex signal, 9H).
1-[1-[3-[N-(Methoxycarbonyl)amino]-3-phenylpropionyl]-4-piperidyl]-1H-2 methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine 10 Following the procedure described in example 1, but starting. from the compound obtained in reference example 6 and 3-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)amino]-3-phenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (56%).
mp: 102-I05°C (C23H2~N503.H20);
1 5 IH NMR (80MHz, CDC13) S (TMS): 8.96 (s, IH), 8.32 (d, J= 5.4Hz, IH), 7.36 (m, 5H), 7.08 (d, J =5.4 Hz, 1H), 6.30 (m, IH), 5.I9 (m, 1H), 4.87 (m, IH), 4.30 (m, 2H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 2.63 (s, 3H), 3.3-1.6 (complex signal, 8H).
1-[[1-[3-Phenyl-3-[N-(tent butoxycarbonyl)amino]propionyl]-4-piperidyl)methyl]-2 0 1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example 1, but using 3-phenyl-3-[N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]propionic acid instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (40%).
IH NMR (SOMHz, CDC13) S (TMS): 8.97 (s, IH), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.30 (m, 2 5 6H), 6.30 (m, IH), 5.08 (m, 1H), 4.60 (m, IH), 3.87 (m, 3H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 3-0.5 (complex signal, 9H),1.40 (s, 9H).
I-[[1-[3-[N-(4-aminobenzoyl)aminol-3-phenyipropionyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]
IH-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine 3 0 a) 1-[[1-(3-Amino-3-phenylpropionyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in reference example 5, but starting from the compound obtained in example 5, the desired product was obtained as a colourless oil.
3 5 IH NMR (80MHz, CDC13) b (TMS): 8.97 (s, IH), 8.38 (d, J= SHz, 1H), 7.31 (m, 6H), 4.70 (m, 1H), 4.51 (t, J= 7.3Hz, 1H), 3.91 (m, 3H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 3.0-0.7 (complex signal, I1H).
b) Title compound SUBSTITUTE SHEET RULE 26) WO 96/14317 ' ; ~ PCT/EP95/03487 ~; ..~ ~r i ,.
Following the procedure described in example I, but starting from 4-aminobenzoic acid and the compound obtained in example 6a, the title compound was obtair<ed as a white solid (75%).
mp: I32-142°C (C29H32N602.H20);
I H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) b (TMS): 8.97 (s, 1H), 8.45 (m, 1 H), 8.38 (d, J=
5.5Hz, IH), 7.72 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.34 (m, 6H), 6.65 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 2H), 5.50 (m, IH), 4.64 (m, 1H), 3.80 (m, 5H), 2.57 (s, 3H), 3-0.5 (complex signal, 9H).
1-[[1-[N-(Diphenylmethyl)aminoacetyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-1 0 methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example I, but using [N-(diphenylmethyl)amino]acetic acid instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (65%).
mp: 77-79°C (C2gH31N50.I /2H20);
1 5 1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) b (TMS): 8.97 (s, IH), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 7.29 (m, I I H), 4.84 (s, I H), 4.65 (m, I H), 3.94 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.50 (m, I H), 3.36 (s, 2H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 3.0-1.0 (complex signal, 8H).
1-[[1-(3,3-biphenyl-3-hydroxypropionyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-2 0 methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following 'the procedure described in example I, but using 3,3-diphenyl-3-hydroxypropionic acid instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (6I %).
mp: ZIO-Z1I°C (C2gH3pN402.1 /2H20);
2 5 1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 9.20 (s, IH), 8.60 (d, j= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.56 (m, lOH), 7.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 6.79 (m, IH), 4.82 (m, 1H), 4.I2 (d, J= 7.2H, 2H), 4.05 (m, IH), 3.42 (s, 2H), 2.8I (s, 3H), 3.3-1.0 (complex signal, 7H).
1-[[1-(2-Amino-2,2-diphenylacetyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-3 0 methylimidazo[4,5-c)pyridine Following the procedure described in example I, but using 2-amino-2,2-diphenylacetic acid instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (88%).
. IH NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) b (TMS): 8.93 (s, IH), 8.36 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.34 (m, 3 5 lOH), 7.03 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 4.29 (m, 2H), 3.75 (d, J= 7.2H, 2H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 2.8-1.0 (complex signal, 9H).
1-[[1-[2-(N-acetylamino)-2,2-diphenylacetyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-iH-2 methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 96/14317 ~ PCT/EP95/03487~
A solution of the compound obtained in example 9 (0.3 g, 0.68 mmol) in pyridine (3 mL) and Ac20 (1 mL) was heated at 65 ~C for 18 h. The solvents were removed in vacuo and the residue partitioned between CHC13 and O.SN
NaOH. The organic phase was dried and concentrated to a residue (0.38 g), which was purified by chromatography on silica gel (CHCI3:MeOH 5%) to afford the title compound (0.3 g, 92% ).
mp: I38-148°C (C29H31NSO?~;
1H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.93 (s, IH), 8.35 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 8.27 (s, IH), 7.60 (m, 4H), 7.30 (m, 6H), 7.00 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 4.45 (m, 2H), 3.72 (d, J=
1 0 7.ZHz, 2H), 2.48 (s, 3H), 2.7 0.4 (complex signal, 7H), I.69 (s, 3H).
1-[[1-[3-Phenyl-3-(phenylamino)propionyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2 methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example I, but using 3-phenyl-3 1 5 (phenylamino)propionic acid (obtained in reference example 8) instead of 3,3 diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (55%).
mp: 82-9I°C (C2gH31N50.1/2H20);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.95 (s, IH), 8.35 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.32 (m, 2 0 7H), 7.06 (t, J= 8.OHz, 2H), 6.57 (t, j= 8.OHz, 2H), 5.40 (m, IH), 4.77 (m, 2H), 3.77 (d, J= 7.IH, 2H), 3.70 (m, IH), 2.53 (s, 3H), 3.0-0.3 (complex signal, 9H).
1-[[1-[3-[(4-Nitrophenyl)amino]-3-phenylpropionyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2 methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine 2 5 Following the procedure described in example I, but using 3-(4-nitrophenyl)amino-3-phenylpropionic acid (obtained in reference example 9) instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (90%).
mp: 230-232°C (CZgH3pN603.I /2H20);
3 0 IH NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 ('TMS): 8.98 (s, IH), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.97 (d, J=
9Hz, 2H), 7.35 (m, 5H), 7.12 (d, j= 5.5Hz, IH), 6.95 (m, IH), 6.42 (d, J=
9.OHz, 2H), 4.76 (m, 2H), 3.75 (m, 3H), 2.58 (s, 3H), 3.0-0.3 (complex signal, 9H).
1-[[1-[3-[(4-Aminophenyl)amino]-3-phenyIpropionyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-3 5 methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine To a solution of the product obtained in example 12 (226 mg, 0.4 mmol) in EtOH (5 mL) and HZO (0.6 mL) was added a solution of CaCl2 (33.6 mg) in H20 (0.26 mL) and powdered zinc (0.58 g). The resulting mixture was heated at 50°C for 45 min, filtered through celite and the filtrate was concentrated. The SUeSTiTUTE S~iFFT ~R~ n F ~Fl residue was purified by chr,,~matography on silica gel (CHCI3:MeOH IO%), to afford the title compound as a white solid (O.I7 g, 9I %).
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.93 (s, IH), 8.34 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.3I (m, 6H), 6.44 (broad s, 4H), 4.62 (m, 2H), 3.80 (d, J= 7.OHz, 2H), 3.52 (m, 4H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 3.0-0.5 (complex signal, 9H).
A solution of the title compound in CHCl3 was treated with a solution of HCl(g) in EtZO, to afford the hydrochloride of the title compound.
mp: 189-195°C (C2gH32N6O.4HC1.2H20).
1 0 1-((I-(2,2-Dicyclohexylacetyl)-4-piperidyl)methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo(4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example I, but using 2,2-dicyclohexylacetic acid instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (23%).
1 5 mp: I6I-164°C (C2~H4pN40.3/4H20);
1H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.97 (s, IH), 8.37 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 7.I9 (d, J=
5.5Hz, IH), 4.82 (m, IH), 4.03 (m, IH), 3.98 (d, J= 7.2Hz, 2H), 2.62 (s, 3H), 3.0-0.5 (complex signal, 30H).
2 0 1-((1-(3,3-Diphenylpropenoyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo(4,5-c)pyridine Following the procedure described in example 1, but using 3,3-diphenylpropenoic acid (obtained in reference example I2) instead of 3,3 diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid 2 5 (85%).
mp: 85-92°C (C2gH2gN40.H20);
IH NMR (SOMHz, CDCl3) S (TMS): 8.95 (s, 1H), 8.37 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 7.32 (m, lOH), 7.09 (d, J=5.4Hz, IH), 6.27 (s, IH), 4.65 (m, IH), 3.82 (m, 1H), 3.77 (dd, J=
6.7Hz, J= 2.2Hz, 2H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 2.8-0.5 (complex signal, 7H).
cis and traps -I-((I-(3-(4-Nitrophenyl)-3-phenylpropenoyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl)-1H-2-methylimidazo(4,5-c)pyridine Following the procedure described in example I, but using a cis/trans mixture of 3-(4-nitrophenyl)-3-phenylpropenoic acid (obtained in reference 3 5 example 10) instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (85%). .
mp:106-l I2°C (C2gH2~N5O3.1 /2HZO);
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) PCT/EP95/03487~
1H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) S (TMS): 8.95 (s, IH), 8.37 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 8.18 (dd, J=
8.6Hz, J= 3.2 Hz, 2H), 7.37 (m, 8H), 6.49 (s, 0.5H), 6.40 (s, 0.5H), 4.66 (m, IH), 3.84 (m, 3H), 2.57 (s, 3H), 2.8-0.5 (complex signal, 7H).
EXAMPLE 17a and 17b a) ris -1-[[1-[3-(4-Aminophenyl)-3-phenylpropenoyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine b) traps -1-[[1-[3-(4-Aminophenyl)-3-phenylpropenoyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-IH-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in reference example 3, but starting from the compound obtained in example I6, the title compound was obtained as a cis/trans mixture of isomers, which were separated by chromatography on silica gel (CHCI3:MeOH, IO%).
Slower eluting, isomer cis (example I7a)(54%):
mp: I2I-I35°C (C2gH29Ng0.3/2H20);
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCI3) 8 (TMS): 8.95 (s, IH), 8.36 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 7.29 (s, 5H), 7.07 (m, 3H), 6.65 (d, J= 6.5Hz, 2H), 6.07 (s, 1 H), 4.70 (m, I H), 3.82 (m, 3H), 2.57 (s, 3H), 2.8-0.5 (complex signal, 9H).
Faster eluting, isomer traps (example I7b) (22%):
mp: 223-224°C (C2gH29N5O.I /2H20);
2 0 IH NMR (SOMHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.96 (s, 1H), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.30 (s, 5H), 7.05 (m, 3H), 6.60 (d, J= 6.5Hz, 2H), 6.I7 (s, IH), 4.60 (m, IH), 3.8I
(m, 3H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 2.8-0.5 (complex signal, 9H).
Following the same procedure described in example I6 but using pure cis or pure traps-3-(4-nitrophenyl)-3-phenylpropenoic acid (described in 2 5 reference example l0a and IOb respectively) instead of a cis/trans mixture and then reducing the resulting compounds as described above, the title compound was obtained in pure cis or traps form.
Alternatively, the pure cis isomer was obtained as follows: To a solution of SnC12.2H20 (2I g) in HCl (21 mL) was added a solution of cis 1-[[1 3 0 [3-(4-nitrophenyl)-3-phenylpropenoyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-IH-2-methylimida zo[4,5-c]pyridine (IO g, 20.7 mmol) in AcOH (35 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, and was then made basic with cooled aqueous NaOH and extracted with CHC13 (3x), whereupon a solid precipitated in the organic phase. This solid was collected and the organic solution was dried and 3 5 concentrated to give 8 g of the desired product. The first precipitate and the aqueous phase were combined and then treated with more NaOH solution and extracted with CHC13 (3x). Evaporation of the solvent afforded I.73 g more of the title product.
SU6STITUTE S;iEFT (RULE 2R~
_218~~60 WO 96114317 ' PCT/EP95/03487 I-[[1-(3,3-Dicyclohexyl-3-hydroxypropionyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-IH-2 methylimidazo(4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example I, but using 3,3 dicyclohexyl-3-hydroxypropionic aad instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the 5 title compound was obtained as a white solid (27%).
mp: 75-8I°C (C2sH42N402.5/4H20);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.95 (s, IH), 8.37 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.24 (d, J=
5.5Hz, IH), 6.09 (s, 1H), 4.69 (m, 1H), 4.04 (d, J= 7.2Hz, 2H), 3.96 (m, 1H), 2.64 (s, 3H), 3.0-0.5 (complex signal, 3IH).
1-[[1-[3,3-biphenyl-3-(ethoxycarbonyl)propionyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example I, but using 3,3-diphenyI
3-ethoxycarbonylpropionic acid (obtained in reference example 7) instead of 1 5 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (60%).
mp: 79-89°C (C31H34N403.H20);
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.98 (s, IH), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.28 (m, I1H), 4.62 (m, IH), 4.22 (q, J= 7.3Hz, 2H), 3.85 (d, J= 7.ZHz, 2H), 3.8I (m, IH), 3.48 2 0 (m, 2H), 2.59 (s, 3H), 3-0.5 (complex signal, 7H), 1.I7 (t, J= 7.2Hz, 3H).
(R)-I-[[I-[2-(Methoxycarbonylamino)-2-phenylacetyl~-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2 methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example I, but using (R)-2 2 5 (methoxycarbonylamino)-2-phenylacetic acid instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic aad, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (94%).
mp: 108-I13°C (C23HZ~Ng03.I /2H20);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.95 (s, IH), 8.35 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 7.37 (m, 5H), 7.01 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 6.28 (m, IH), 5.57 (m, IH), 4.70 (m, IH), 3.80 (m, 3H), 3 0 3.63 (s, 3H), 3-1 (complex signal, lOH).
1-[(1-(3-Hydroxy-3-phenylbutanoyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2 methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example 1, but using 3-hydroxy-3 3 5 phenylbutanoic aad instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (4I %).
mp: I99-200°C (C23HZgN40Z.I /4H20);
CI 11CTITI ITC C:~CCT !DI il C ~~1 IH NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.90 (s, IH), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.22 (m, 6H), 6.0 (m, IH), 4.60 (m, IH), 3.9I (m, 3H), 2.57 (s, 3H), 3-0.5 (complex signal, 9H), I.59 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE ZZ
I-([I-(3-(4-Nitrophenyl)butanoyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example 1, but using 3-(4-nitrophenyl)butanoic acid (obtained in reference example I3) instead of 3,3 diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid X53%).
mp: 75-77°C (C23HZ~NSO3.1 /2H20);
I H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.92 (s, I H), 8.36 (d, J= 5.5Hz, I H), 8.28 (d, j=
9.5Hz, 2H), 7.42 (d, J= 9.5Hz, ZH), 7.I2 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 4.60 (m, IH), 3.93 (m, 3H), 3.50 (m, IH), 2.61 (s, 3H), 3-0.5 (complex signal, 9H), I.36 (d, J=
6.9Hz, 3H).
I-([1-(3-(4-Aminophenyl)butanoyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-IH-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in reference example 3, but starting from the compound obtained in example 22, the title compound was obtained 2 0 as a white solid (35%).
mp: lI6-I17°C (C23H2gNg0.3/2H20);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDC13+CD30D) 8 (TMS): 8.88 (s, IH), 8.33 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 7.30 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.02 (d, j= 9.OHz, 2H), 6.67 (d, J= 9.OHz, 2H), 4.64 (m, IH), 3.93 (m, 3H), 3.80 (m, ZH), 3.20 (m, 1H), 2.63 (s, 3H), 3-0.5 (complex signal, 9H), 2 5 1.3I (d, J= 6.9Hz, 3H).
1-[(I-[2-(4-Nitrophenyl)propionyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-IH-2-methylimidazo(4,5 c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example I, but using 2-(4-3 0 nitrophenyl)propionic acid instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (I2%).
mp: 82-87°C (C~H25N503.1 /2H20);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) b (TMS): 8.94 (s, IH), 8.33 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 8.I6 (d, J=
9.SHz, 2H), 7.44 (d, J= 9.5Hz, 2H), 7.I2 (m, IH), 4.73 (m, IH), 4.0 (m, 4H), 2.55 (s, 3 5 3H), 3-0.5 (complex signal, 7H),1.46 (d, J= 6.9Hz, 3H).
1-[[I-(2-(4-Aminophenyl)propionyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2 methylimidazo(4,5-c]pyridine SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) '- WO 96/14317 Following the procedure described in reference example 3, but starting from the compound obtained in example 24, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (34%).
mp: 9I-95°C (C~HZ~NSO.H20);
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.96 (s, 1H), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 7.05 (m, 1H), 6.99 (d, J= 9.5Hz, 2H), 6.6I (d, J= 9.5Hz, 2H), 4.74 (m,1H), 3.77 (m, 4H), 2.53 (s, 3H), 3-0.5 (complex signal, 9H), I.37 (d, J= 6.9Hz, 3H).
1-[[1-[3-Ethoxycarbonyl-3-(4-nitrophenyl)propionyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-IH-2-methylimidazo(4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example I, but using 3-ethoxycarbonyl-3-(4-nitrophenyl)propionic acid (obtained in reference example 14) instead of 3,3-diphenyl-propionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (18%).
1 5 mp: 81-84°C (CZ5H29N505.2H20);
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.95 (s, 1H), 8.35 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 8.16 (d, J=
9.5Hz, 2H), 7.48 (d, J= 9.5Hz, 2H), 7.22 (m, 1H), 4.63 (m, 1H), 4.03 (m, 6H), 2.62 (s, 3H), 3:3-1 (complex signal, 9H),1.19 (t, J= 6.5Hz, 3H).
2 0 1-[[1-[3-(4-Aminophenyl)-3-ethoxycarbonylpropionyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in reference example 3, but starting from the compound obtained in example 26, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (90%).
? 5 mp: 204-205°C (Cz5H31N5~3~H20);
1H NMR (SOMHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.98 (s, IH), 8.41 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.26 (m, 1H), 7.07 (d, J= 9.5Hz, 2H), 6.62 (d, J= 9.5Hz, 2H), 4.65 (m, IH), 3.98 (m, 6H), 2.62 (s, 3H), 3.3-I (complex signal, I1H), I.19 (t, J= 6.5Hz, 3H).
3 0 1-[[1-(3-Ethoxycarbonyl-3-phenylpropionyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example 1, but using 3-ethoxycarbonyl-3-phenylpropionic acid (obtained in reference example I5) instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a 3 5 white solid (38%).
mp: I73-I74°C (Cz5H3pN403~H20);
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.99 (s, IH), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.30 (m, 6H), 4.66 (m, I H), 4.13 (m, 6H), 2.62 (s, 3H), 3.5-1 (complex signal, 9H), 1.19 (t, J=
7.I2Hz, 3H).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) cis and tracts -1-[[1-[3-(3-Nitrophenyl)-3-phenylpropenoyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example 1, but using cis and trans-3-(3-nitrophenyl)-3-phenylpropenoic acid (obtained in reference example 16) instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (95%).
mp: 99-I03°C (CZgHZ~N503.1 /2H20);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.97 (s, IH), 8.39 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 8.27 (m, 1 0 2H), 7.30 (m, SH), 6.54 (s, 0.66H), 6.39 (s, 0.34H), 4.62 (m, IH), 3.98 (m, 3H), 2.63 (s, 3H), 3.1-0.7 (complex signal, 7I~.
cis and traps -1-[[1-[3-(3-Aminophenyl)-3-phenylpropenoyl]-4 piperidyl]methyl]-IH-2-methyiimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in reference example 3, but starting from the compound obtained in example 29, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (I4%).
mp: I22-133°C (C2gH29N50.H20);
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) a (TMS): 8.94 (s, IH), 8.33 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.28 (m, 2 0 8H), 6.63 (m, 2H), 6.20 (s, 0.4H), 6.16 (s, 0.6H), 4.67 (m, IH), 3.78 (m, 3H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 2.8-O.I (complex signal, 9H).
1-[[i-[3-(4-Aminophenyl)-3-[N-(ethoxycarbonyl)amino]propionyl]-4 piperidyl]methyl]-IH-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine 2 5 Following the procedure described in example I, but using 3-[N-(ethoxycarbonyl)amino]-3-(4-nitrophenyl)propionic acid (obtained in reference example I7), and hydrogenating the compound thus obtained according to the procedure described in reference example 3, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (15%).
3 0 mp: I I3-I16°C (C25H32N603.I /2H20);
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.94 (s, 1H), 8.35 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.21 (d, J=
5.5Hz, IH), 7.07 (d, J= 9.5Hz, 2H), 6.63 (m, 3H), 4.95 (m, IH), 4.60 (m, IH), 4.06 (q, J = 7.2Hz, 2H), 3.88 (m, 3H), 2.59 (s, 3H), 3.6-0.5 (complex signal, IIH), I.I9 (t, j=
7.2Hz, 3H).
I-[[1-(3-Phenylhexanoyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5 c]pyridine SUBSTITUTE S;aEFT (RULE 261 ' WO 96/14317 ~ ; =
~~soss~
Following the procedure described in example 1, but using 3 phenylhexanoic acid instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound . was obtained as a white solid (SI~%a).
mp: 39-55°C (C25H32N40.1 /2H20);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.96 (s, IH), 8.36 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.24 (m, 6H), 4.60 (m, 1H), 3.84 (m, 3H), 3.18 (m, IH), 2.58 (s, 3H), 2.8-0.5 (complex signal, 13H), 0.97 (t, J= 6.9Hz, 3H).
1-[[1-[3-Hydroxy-3-(2-methylpropyl)-5-methylhexanoyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-iH
1 0 2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example 1, but using 3-hydroxy-3-(2-methylpropyI)-5-methyIhexanoic acid (obtained in reference example I8) instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (25%).
1 5 mp: 38-SI°C (C24H3gN402.1/4H2O);
1H NMR (SOMHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.98 (s, 1H), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.21 (d, J=
5.5Hz, IH), 4.98 (s, 1H), 4.69 (m, IH), 4.01 (d, J= 7.2Hz, 2H), 3.85 (m, 1H), 2.63 (s, 3H), 3.I-I.1 (complex signal, I5H), I.00 (broad s, IZH).
2 0 1-[[1-[3-[N-(4-Aminobenzenesulfonyl)amino]-3-phenylpropionyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example I, but using 3-[N-(4-nitrobenzenesulfonyl)amino]propionic acid, and hydrogenating the compound thus obtained according to the procedure described in reference 2 5 example 3, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (22%).
mp: 126-134°C (C2gH32N603S.H20);
1H NMR (SOMHz, CDCl3+CD30D) 8 (TMS): 8.86 (s, IH), 8.32 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.16 (m, 7H), 6.86 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 2H), 4.65 (m, I H), 4.55 (m, IH), 4.00 (m, 5H), 2.61 (s, 3H), 3-0.5 (complex signal, 9H).
3 0 Alternatively, the compound obtained in example 6a was reacted with 4-nitrobenzenesulfonyl chloride in the presence of triethylamine to give I-[[I-[3-[N-(4-nitrobenzenesulfonyl)amino)-3-phenylpropionyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-IH-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine, which was hydrogenated according to the procedure described in reference example 3 to give the title compound.
1-[[1-[(N-Ethoxycarbonyl-N-phenylamino)acetyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example 1, but using N-ethoxycarbonyl-N-phenylglycine (prepared from N-phenylglycine and ethyl SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) chloroformate) instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic and, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (41 %).
mp: I30-I37°C (C24H2gN503.H2O);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.96 (s, IH), 8.35 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.31 (m, 5 6H), 4.43 (m, IH), 4.40 (m, 2H), 4.I5 (q, J= 7.ZHz, 2H), 3.96 (d, J=6.9Hz, 2H) 3.90 (m, IH), 2.6I (s, 3H), 3-I.2 (complex signal, 7H), I.I9 (t, J= 7.2Hz, 3H).
(S)-I-([I-((N-(1-Ethoxycarbonyl-3-methylbutyl)amino]carbonyl]-4 piperidyl]methyl]-IH-2-methylimidazo(4,5-c]pyridine 10 A solution of the compound obtained in reference example 5 (0.5 g, 2.I
mmol) and N-phenoxycarbonyl-L-Leucine ethyl ester (0.78 g, 2.7 mmol, prepared from L-Leucine ethyl ester and phenyl chloroformate) in pyridine (I5 mL) was refluxed for 18 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue partitioned between CHC13 and 0.5N NaOH. The organic phase was dried and 1 5 concentrated to a residue (I.33 g), which was purified by chromatography on silica gel (CHCI3:MeOH, 5%) to afford the title compound as a white solid (0.22 g, 44%).
mp: 60-63°C (C22H33N503.3/4H20);
IH NMR (SOMHz, CDC13) S (TMS): 8.96 (s, 1H), 8.36 (m, 1H), 7.26 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 2 0 IH), 5.30 (d, J= 8.I7Hz, IH), 4.51 (q, J = 8.I2Hz, IH), 4.18 (q, J= 6.5Hz, 2H), 4.I5 (m, IH), 4.00 (d, J= 7.3Hz, 2H), 2.70 (m, 3H), 2.62 (s, 3H), 2.I-1.4 (complex signal, 8H), 1.27 (t, J= 6.5Hz, 3H), 0.93 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 6H).
(S)-1-[[1-[[N-[1-Ethoxycarbonyl-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl]amino]carbonyl]-4-2 5 piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example 36, but using N-phenoxycarbonyl-4-nitro-L-phenylalanine ethyl ester instead of N-phenoxycarbonyl-L-Leucine ethyl ester, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (54%).
3 0 mp: 85-89°C (C25H3pN6O5.I /2H20);
I H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.94 (s, I H), 8.35 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1 H), 8.11 (d, J=
9.2Hz, 2H), 7.32 (d, J= 9.ZHz, 2H), 7.20 (d, j= 5.5Hz, IH), 5.32 (d, J=
8.I7Hz, 1H), 4.81 (q, J = 8.I2Hz, IH), 4.18 (q, J= 6.5Hz, 2H), 4.00 (m, 1H), 3.98 (d, J=
7.3Hz, ZH), 3.23 (d, J= 5.8Hz, 2H), 2.70 (m, 3H), 2.63 (s, 3H), 2.1-I.4 (complex signal, 5H), 1.25 3 5 (t, J= 6.5Hz, 3H).
(S)-1-[[1-[[N-[2-(4-Aminophenyl)-1-ethoxycarbonylethyl]amino]carbonyl]-4 piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo(4,5-c]pyridine SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) '~ ~ $ 0 6 ~6 rc~r/~r9s/o34s7 p, .
Following the procedure described in reference example 3, but starting from the compound obtained in example 37, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (94%).
mp: 87 96°C (C~,5H32N6~3~H2~):
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.96 (s, IH), 8.36 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.20 (d, j=
5.5Hz, IH), 6.88 (d, J= 9.2Hz, ZH), 6.57 (d, J= 9.2Hz, 2H), 4.97 (d, J= 8.IHz, IH), 4.65 (q, J = 8.I2Hz, 1H), 4.18 (q, J= 6.5Hz, 2H), 4.00 (m, IH), 3.98 (d, J= 7.3Hz, 2H), 2.98 (d, J= 5.8Hz, 2H), 2.80 (m, 5H), 2.61 (s, 3H), 2.I-I.4 (complex signal, 5H), L25 (t, J=
6.5Hz, 3H).
(S)-1-[[1-[[N-(1-Ethoxycarb onyl-1-phenylmethyl)amino]carb onyl]-4 piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example 36, but using N
phenoxycarbonyl-L-phenylglycine ethyl ester (prepared from L-phenylglycine I S ethyl ester and phenyl chloroformate) instead of N-phenoxycarbonyl-L
Leucine ethyl ester, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (61%).
mp: I53-154°C (C24H29N5~3~1/2H20);
1H NMR (SOMHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.96 (s, IH), 8.37 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.33 (m, 5H), 7.20 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 5.5I (m, 2H), 4.18 (q, J= 6.5Hz, 2H), 4.00 (m, IH), 3.98 2 0 (d, J= 7.3Hz, 2H), 2.72 (m, 3H), 2.6I (s, 3H), 2.1-I.4 (complex signal, 5H), L20 (t, J=
6.5Hz, 3H).
1-[[1-(3-Phenylbutanoyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5 c]pyridine 2 5 Following the procedure described in example 1, but using 3-phenylbutanoic and instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (38%).
mp: 38-41°C (C23H2sN40.H20);
1H NMR (SOMHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.87 (s, IH), 8.28 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.16 (m, 3 0 6H), 4.60 (m, IH), 3.76 (m, 3H), 3.30 (m, IH), 2.50 (s, 3H), 3-0.5 (complex signal, 9H), L25 (d, J= 6.9Hz, 3H).
1-[[1-(3-Methyl-3-phenylbutanoyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine 3 5 Following the procedure described in example I, but using 3-methyl-3-phenylbutanoic acid (obtained in reference example 19) instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (58%).
mp: 37-45°C (C24H3pN40.1 /2H20);
SUBSTITUTE Sf-,EET (MULE 261 wo ~n43i7 PC"T/EP95/03487 IH NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.95 (s, 1H), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.26 (m, 6H), 4.65 (m, IH), 3.86 (d, J= 7.IHz, 2H), 3.50 (m, IH), 2.58 (s, 3H), 3-0.5 (complex signal, 9H),1.25 (s, 6H).
S 1-[[1-[(N-methyl-N-phenylamino)acetyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methyiimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example l, but using N-methyl-N-phenylaminoacetic acid (obtained in reference example 20) instead of 3,3 diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (39%).
mp: 74-78°C (C~H2~NgO.H20);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.96 (s, IH), 8.36 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.21 (m, 3H), 6.7I (m, 3H), 4.60 (m, I H), 4.05 (s, 2H), 3.92 (d, J= 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.80 (m, 1 H), 2.99 (s, 3H), 2.59 (s, 3H), 3-1 (complex signal, 7H).
1-[[1-(3-Methyl-3-(4-nitrophenyl)butanoyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-IH-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example I, but using 3-methyl-3 (4-nitrophenyl)butanoic acid (obtained in reference example ZI) instead of 3,3 2 0 diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as an oil (28%).
1H RMN (80MHz, CDCl3) S (TMS): 8.96 (s, IH), 8.37 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 8.I1 (d, J=
8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.51 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.I8 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 4.55 (m, IH), 3.95 (d, J=
7.IHz, 2H), 3.83 (m, IH), 2.59 (s, 3H), 3-0.5 (complex signal, 9H), I.50 (s, 6H).
2 5 1-[[1-[3-(4-Aminophenyl)-3-methylbutanoyI]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in reference example 3, but starting from the compound obtained in example 43, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (57%).
3 0 mp: I72-I73°C (C24H31 N50.3 /4H20);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDC13) S (TMS): 8.96 (s, 1H), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.I8 (m, 3H), 6.62 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 2H), 4.65 (m, 1H), 3.86 (d, J= 7.IHz, 2H), 3.63 (m, 2H), 3.50 (m, IH), 2.59 (s, 3H), 3-0.5 (complex signal, 9H), I.25 (s, 6H).
3 5 1-[[1-[[N-(Diphenylmethyl)amino]carbonyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-IH 2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example 36, but using N-phenoxycarbonyl-N-(diphenylmethyl)amine (prepared from aminodiphenylmethane and phenyl chloroformate) instead of N-SUBSTITUTE S~ ~T (RULE 26) phenoxycarbonyl-L-Leucine ethyl ester, ~~the title compound was obtained as a white solid (26%).
mp: ZI2-2I8°C (C2~H29N50.H20);
1H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.96 (s, 1H), 8.35 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 7.27 (m, lIH), 6.14 (d, J= 7.OHz, IH), 5.12 (d, J= 7.OHz, IH), 4.00 (m, IH), 3.96 (d, j= 7.3Hz, ZH), 2.70 (m, 2H), 2.61 (s, 3H), 2.I-1.I (complex signal, 6H).
I-[[I-[[N-(4-Aminobenzoyl)-N-methylamino]acetyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-IH-2 methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine 1 0 a) 1-[[I-[(N-methyl-N-tent butoxycarbonylamino)acetyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example I, but using N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methylamino]acetic acid instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic aad, the desired product was obtained (63%).
b) 1-[[I-[N-methylaminoacetyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in reference example 5, but starting from the compound obtained in section a), the desired product was prepared (quantitative yield).
2 0 c) Title compound Following the procedure described in example 6b, but using the compound obtained in example 46b instead of the compound obtained in example 6a, the title compound was obtained (32%).
mp: I20-124°C (C23H28N6D2.H20);
2 5 1 H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) S (TMS): 8.97 (s, I H), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, I H), 7.25 (m, 3H), 6.61 (d, J= 9.OHz, 2H), 4.64 (m, 1H), 4.01 (m, 2H), 3.98 (d, J= 7.IHz, ZH), 3.10 (s, 3H), 2.62 (s, 3H), 3.3-1 (complex signal, IOH).
1-[[I-(3-Hydroxy-3-phenyl-3-trifluoromethylpropionyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-IH-3 0 2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example I, but using 3-hydroxy-3-phenyl-3-trifluoromethylpropionic acid (obtained in reference example 11) instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (I5%).
3 5 mp: 210-21I°C (C23H25F3N402.1 /2H20);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.90 (s, IH), 8.36 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.35 (m, 6H), 4.68 (m, 1H), 4.60 (m, IH), 3.94 (m, 3H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 3-0.5 (complex signal, 9H).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 96/14317 ", traps -1-[[1-[3-(4-Aminophenyl)-2-butenoyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-IH-2 methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example I, but using 3-(4 nitrophenyl)-2-butenoic acid (obtained in reference example 22), and hydrogenating the compound thus obtained according to the procedure described in reference example 3, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (22%).
mp: 106-I10°C (C23HZ~N50.I /2H20);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDC13) S (TMS): 8.98 (s, IH), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.27 (m, 1 0 3H), 6.60 (d, J= 8.5Hz, ZH), 6.I7 (s, 1H), 4.67 (m, IH), 3.90 (d, J=
7.2Hz, 2H), 3.81 (m,1H), 2.63 (s, 3H), 2.23 (s, 3H), 3.1-0.5 (complex signal, 9H).
1-[[1-[(Phenylamino)acetyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5 c]pyridine 1 5 Following the procedure described in example I, but using N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-N-phenylglycine instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, and then subjecting the resulting compound to the procedure described in reference example 5, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (49%).
mp: 2I9-220 °C (CZ1H25NgO.H20);
2 0 IH NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) b (TMS): 9.00 (s, IH), 8.40 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 7.20 (m, 4H), 6.66 (m, 2H), 4.72 (m, 2H), 3.89 (m, 5H), 2.63 (s, 3H), 3.2-I (m, 7H).
(R)-1-[[1-[(1-Phenylethylamino)carbonyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine 2 5 Following the procedure described in example 36, but using (R)-N-phenoxycarbonyl-I-phenylethylamine (prepared from (R)-I-phenylethylamine and phenyl chloroformate) instead of N-phenoxycarbonyl-L-Leucine ethyl ester, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (37%).
mp: 80-84 °C (C~H2~NgO.I /2H20);
3 0 IH NMR (80MHz, CDCI3) 8 (TMS): 8.97 (s, 1H), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.30 (m, 5H), 7.20 (d, j= 5.5Hz, IH), S.OI (quint, J= 6.8 Hz, IH), 4.70 (broad d, J=
7.1 Hz, IH), 4.02 (m, IH), 3.97 (d, J= 7.3Hz, ZH), 2.68 (broad t, J= I2.7Hz, 2H), 2.62 (s, 3H), 1.48 (d, J= 6.5 Hz, 3H), 2.1-1.3 (m, 6H).
3 5 (S)-1-[[1-[(1-Phenylethylamino)carbonyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example 36, but using (S)-N-phenoxycarbonyl-1-phenylethylamine (prepared from (S)-1-phenylethylamine SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) SS
and phenyl chloroformate) instead of N-phenoxycarbonyl-L-Leucine ethyl ester, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (41 %).
mp: 79-83 °C (C~H2~NSO.I /2H20);
IH NMR (SOMHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.98 (s, 1H), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.26 (m, 5H), 7.20 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), S.OI (quint, J= 6.8 Hz, IH), 4.68 (broad d, J=
7.I Hz, IH), 4.02 (m, IH), 3.97 (d, J= 7.3Hz, 2H), 2.68 (broad t, J= I2.7Hz, ZH), 2.62 (s, 3H), 1.48 (d, J= 6.5 Hz, 3H), 2.I-L3 (m, 6H).
I-[(1-[(N-Benzoyl-N-phenylamino)acetyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-IFi-2 1 0 methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine To a cooled (0 °C) solution of the compound obtained in example 49 (0.3 g, 0.824 mmol) and Et3N (O.II mL) in CH2Cl2 (6 mL), was added dropwise a solution of benzoyl chloride (0.09 mL) in CH2C12 (0.2 mL) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The resulting solution was treated 1 5 with 0.5N NaOH and extracted with CH2C12 (3x). The organic phase was dried and concentrated to a residue that was purified by chromatography on silica gel (CHCl3-MeOH, 8%) to afford the title compound (70%).
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 CTMS): 8.96 (m, IH), 8.38 (m, IH), 7.I6 (m, IIH), 4.68 (m, 3H), 3.92 (m, 3H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 3.2-I.2 (m, 7H).
2 0 The hydrochloride was prepared following the procedure described in example I3.
mp: 145-I52 °C (CZgH29N502.3HC1.Hz0).
1-[[1-[[N-methyl-N-(4-nitrobenzenesulfonyl)amino]acetyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-2 5 iH-2-methyiimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example 52, but starting from the compound obtained in example 46b) and using 4-nitrobenzenesulfonyl chloride instead of benzoyl chloride, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (48%).
3 0 mp: 98-I04 °C (CuH261V605S.H20);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDC13) b (TMS): 8.99 (s, IH), 8.39 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 8.36 (d, J=
6.9 Hz, 2H), 7.99 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 2H), 7.22 (d, J= 5.5Hz, I H), 4.52 (m, I H), 3.97 (m, SH), 2.89 (s, 3H), 2.64 (s, 3H), 3.2-I.3 (m, 7H).
3 5 1-([1-((N-Ethoxycarbonyl-N-(4-nitrophenyl)amino]acetyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example 1, but using N-ethoxycarbonvl-N-(4-nitrophenyl)aminoacetic acid (obtained in reference SULSTITUTE Si-~EET (RULE 26) WO 96/14317 " PCT/EP95/03487 example 23) instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (64%).
I H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.96 (s, IH), 8.37 (d, J= 5.5Hz,1 H), 8.13 (d, J=
7.05Hz, 2H), 7.48 (d, J= 7.05Hz, 2H), 7.21 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 4.65 (m, IH), 4.SI (d, J=
4.3 Hz, 2H), 4.22 (q, J= 7.I Hz, 2H), 4.02 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.80 (m, IH), 2.63 (s, 3H), 3.I-I.3 (m, 7H),1.24 (t, J= 7.I Hz, 3H).
1-[[1-[[N-(4-Aminophenyl)-N-ethoxycarbonylamino]acetyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in reference example 3, but starting from the compound obtained in example 54, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (74%).
mp: I37 I38 °C (C24H3pN603.H20);
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCI3) 8 (TMS): 8.98 (s, IH), 8.40 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.20 (d, J=
1 5 5.5Hz, 1H), 7.I0 (d, J= 7.05Hz, 2H), 6.60 (d, J= 7.05Hz, 2H), 4.65 (m, IH), 4.30 (m 2H), 4.I0 (m, 4H), 3.80 (m, 3H), 2.62 (s, 3H), 3.I-I:3 (m, 7H), I.I7 (t, J=
6.9 Hz, 3H).
traps -1-[[1-(3-Phenyl-2-pentenoyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine 2 0 Following the procedure described in example I, but using traps-3-phenyl-2-pentenoic acid (obtained in reference example 24) instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (74%).
mp: 59-62 ° C (C24H2gN40.I /2H20);
2 5 1H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.99 (s, IH), 8.40 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.36 (m, SH), 7.20 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1 H), 6.09 (s, 1 H), 4.75 (m, I H), 4.05 (m, I H), 4.01 (d, j= 7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.72 (q, J= 7.4 Hz, 2H), 2.64 (s, 3H), 3.I-I.3 (m, 7H),1.02 (t, j=
7.4 Hz, 3H).
1-[[1-[[N-(2-Methoxyb enzyl )amino] carbonyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-3 0 methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example 36, but using N
phenoxycarbonyl-N-(2-methoxybenzyl)amine (prepared from 2 methoxybenzylamine and phenyl chloroformate) instead of N
phenoxycarbonyl-L-Leucine ethyl ester, the title compound was obtained as a 3 5 white solid (I7%).
mp: 76-85 °C (CuH2~N50~;
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCI3) b (TMS): 8.96 (s, IH), 8.35 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.25 (m, 3H), 7.89 (t, J= 7.2Hz, 2H), 5.I4 (t, J= 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.40 (d, J= 5.6 Hz, ZH), 3.91 (m 4H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 2.8-I.3 (m, 71-0.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) $7 (R)-1-[(I-(((1-Ethoxycarbonyl-1-phenyl)methyiamino]carbonyl]-4 piperidyl]methyl]-IH-2-methylimidazo(4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example 36, but using (R)-N-phenoxycarbonyl-2-phenylglycine ethyl ester (prepared from (R)-2-phenylglycine ethyl ester and phenyl chloroformate) instead of N-phenoxycarbonyl-L-Leucine ethyl ester, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (27%).
mp: 78-80 °C (C24H29N503~ I /2H20);
1 0 1 H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) b (TMS): 8.96 (s, I H), 8.35 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 7.33 (s, SH), 7.I9 (d, J=5.5Hz, 1H), 5.52 (m, 2H), 4.I3 (m, 6H), 2.7I (m 2H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 2.I0 (m, IH),1.45 (m, 4H), LI9 (t, J= 7.1 Hz, 3H).
I-[[I-[(I-Phenyl-1-cyclopropylamino)carbonyl]-4-piperidyI]methyl]-1H-2 1 5 methylimidazo(4,5-clpyridine To a solution of I-phenyl-1-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (I.62 g, O.OI mol) and Et3N (1.I4 mL) in benzene (40 mL) was added dropwise diphenylphosphorylazide (2.14 mL). The mixture was heated at 90 °C for Z h.
The compound obtained in reference example 5 (1.6 g, 6.8 mmol) was then 2 0 added and the mixture was heated at 90 °C overnight. After cooling, 1N NaOH
was added and it was extracted with EtOAc (3x). The organic phase was dried and concentrated to a residue which was purified by chromatography on silica gel (CHCI3-MeOH, IO%a) to afford the title compound as a white solid (1.24 g, 47%).
2 5 mp: 227-228 °C (C23H2~N50);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDCI3) 8 (TMS): 8.98 (s, IH), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 7.23 (s, 6H), 5.44 (s, I H), 4.02 (m, 2H), 3.97 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 2.64 (m 2H), 2.62 (s, 3H), 2.I0 (m, IH), I.55 (m, 4H), L22 (s, 4H).
3 0 (S)-1-((1-[(2-Ethoxy-I-phenylethylamino)carbonyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-IH-2-methylimidazo(4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example 36, but using (S)-N-phenoxycarbonyl-2-phenylglycinol ethyl ether (prepared from 2-phenylglyanol ethyl ether and phenyl chloroformate) instead of N-phenoxycarbonyl-L-3 5 Leucine ethyl ester, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (24%).
mp: 68-70 °C (C24H31N5~:
I H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) b (TMS): 8.97 (s, I H), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.29 (s, 5H), 7.21 (d, J=5.5Hz, IH), 5.36 (d, J= 6.4 Hz, IH), 5.01 (q, J= 5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.05 (m, SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 2H), 3.96 (d, J= 7.I Hz, 2H), 3.54 (m, 4H), 2.75 (m, 2H), 2.61 (s, 3H), 2.i0 (m, IH), 1.45 (m, 4H),1.I5 (t, J= 6.9 Hz, 3H).
1-[[1-((2-Methyl-2-phenylpropyl)sulfonyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2 methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine To a solution of the compound obtained in reference example 5 (I g, 4 mmol) and Et3N (0.6 mL) in CHC13 (20 mL), was added 2-methyl-2-phenylpropylsulfonyl chloride (2.32 g, IO mmol, obtained in reference example 25) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The resulting solution was diluted with CHCl3, washed with 0.5N NaOH, dried and concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel (CHCl3-MeOH, 5%) to afford a solid which was recrystallized from hot EtOAc.
The title compound was obtained as a white solid (0.4 g, 25%).
mp: I65-I66 °C (C23H3pN402S);
1 5 1H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.98 (s, IH), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.32 (m, 5H), 7.I7 (d, J=5.5Hz, IH), 3.94 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.65 (broad d, J= 12.0 Hz, 2H), 3.I6 (s, 2H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 2.I8 (broad t, J=12.0 Hz, 2H), I.58 (s, 6H), I.48 (m, 5H).
1-[[1-(3-Phenylpropionyl)-4-piperidyl)methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-2 0 c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example 1, but using 3-phenylpropionic acid instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid.
mp: 52-58 °C (C??H261V40.3/4H20);
2 5 IH NMR (80MHz, CDC13) S (TMS): 8.96 (s, 1H), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 7.23 (m, 6H), 4.71 (broad d, J= I3.6 Hz, IH), 3.94 (d, J= 7.2I Hz, 2H), 3.56 (broad d, J= 13.6 Hz, 1H), 2.80 (m, 2H), 2.62 (m, 2H), 2.61 (s, 3H), 2.7-0.8 (m, 7H).
1-([1-[[1-(4-Nitrophenyl)ethylamino]carbonyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl)-1H-2-3 0 methylimidazo[4,5-c)pyridine Following the procedure described in example 59, but using 2-(4-nitrophenyl)propionic acid instead of I-phenyl-I-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (57%).
IH NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.95 (s, IH), 8.35 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 8.22 (d, J=
3 5 9.I Hz, 2H), 7.45 (d, J= 9.I Hz, 2H), 7.20 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 5.03 (m, 2H), 4.05 (m, 2H), 3.96 (d, J= 7.I Hz, 2H), 2.7I (m, 2H), 2.62 (s, 3H), I.48 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 2.2-1.0 (m, 5H).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 96/14317 :.j ;~'~.i~'-~ ~y ~ pCT/Ep95/03487 1-[[1-[[1-(4-Aminophenyl)ethylamino]carbonyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2 methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine A solution of the compound obtained in example 63 (0.8 g, I.89 mmol) and SnC12.2H20 (2.128 g, 9.4 mmol) in EtOH (25 mL) was heated at 60 °C
and y 5 then a solution of NaBH4 (0.035 g, 0.94 mmol) in EtOH (I5 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was heated at 60 °C for I h and was then cooled to IO °C, made basic and extracted with CHC13, washing with water. The organic phase was dried and concentrated to a residue which was chromatographed on silica gel (CHCI3:MeOH:NH3, 60:20:0.2) to afford the title 1 0 compound (27 mg, 4%).
mp: I22-128 °C (CuH2gN60.3/2H20);
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCI3) S (TMS): 8.96 (s,1H), 8.36 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.18 (d, J=
5.5Hz, IH), 7.II (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 2H), 6.62 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, ZH), 4.90 (quint, J=
6.7 Hz, 1H), 3.96 (d, J= 6.4 Hz, IH), 3.96 (m, 4H), 2.64 (m, 2H), 2.6I (s, 3H), 2.I0 (m, IH), 1 5 I.43 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H),1.26 (m, 6H).
traps -1-[[1-[3-(4-Aminophenyl)propenoyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example I, but using traps-4-2 0 aminocinnamic acid hydrochloride instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (7I %a).
mp: I IS-I20 °C (C~Hz5N50.1 /2H20);
1H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.99 (s, IH), 8.40 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.62 (d, J=
I5.3Hz, I H), 7.32 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.20 (d, J= 5.5Hz, I H), 6.64 (d, j=
I5.3 Hz, I H), 2 5 6.63 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 2H), 4.40 (m, 1 H), 4.00 (d, J= 7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.94 (m, I H), 2.80 (m, 2H), 2.64 (s, 3H), 2.4-I.2 (m, 7H).
1-[[I-[[N-(2-Methoxyphenyl)-N-methylamino]acetyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2 methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine 3 0 Following the procedure described in example l, but using [N-(2-methoxyphenyl)-N-methylamino)acetic acid (obtained in reference example 26) instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (7I %).
mp: 59-64 °C (C23H29N502.I /2H20);
3 S 1H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.98 (s, IH), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.20 (d, J=
5.5Hz, 1H), 7.06 (m, 3H), 4.45 (m, IH), 4.42 (m, IH), 3.97 (m, 4H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 2.87 (s, 3H), 2.63 (m, 3H), 2.62 (s, 3H), 2.4-I.2 (m, 5H).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 1-[[I-[[4-(tent Butoxycarbonylamino)phenylmethylamino)carbonyl]-4 piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example 59, but using 4-(N-fert butoxycarbonylamino)phenylacetic acid instead of I-phenyl-1 5 cyclopropanecarboxylic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (94%).
mp:125-I30 °C (C26H3~N603.I /2H20);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.96 (s, IH), 8.36 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), ?.28 (m, 5H), 6.90 (s, IH), 5.05 (m, IH), 4.3I (d, J= 5.2 Hz, 2H), 4.03 (m, 2H), 3.96 (d, J= 7.1 1 0 Hz, 2H), 2.62 (m, 2H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 2.I-I.2 (m, 5H),1.50 (s, 9H). .
1-[[1-[(4-Aminophenylmethylamino)carbonyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2 methylimidazo[4,5-c)pyridine Following the procedure described in reference example 5, but starting 1 5 from the compound obtained in example 67, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (70%).
mp: 104-109 °C (C21H26N60.H20);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.92 (s, 1H), 8.34 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.I9 (d, j=
5.5Hz, IH), 7.05 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 2H), 6.58 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 2H), 5.05 (m, IH), 4.26 (d, J=
2 0 5.2 Hz, 2H), 4.08 (m, 2H), 3.96 (d, J= 7.I Hz, 2H), 3.40 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 2.59 (s, 3H), 2.I-I.2 (m, SH).
1-[[1-[3-(2-Methoxyphenyl)propionyl)-4-pip eridyl]methyl]-1H-2 methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine 2 5 Following the procedure described in example I, but using 3-(2-methoxyphenyl)propionic acid instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (20%).
mp: 54-56 °C (C23HZgN402.I /2H20);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.97 (s, 1H), 8.37 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.15 (m, 3 0 3H), 6.86 (m, 2H), 4.7I (broad d, J= I3.6 Hz, IH), 3.94 (d, J= 7.2I Hz, 2H), 3.81 (m, 1H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 2.97 (m, ZH), 2.62 (s, 3H), 2.6I (m, 4H), 2.3-0.8 (m, SH).
1-[[1-[[(1-Phenyl-1-cyciopropyl)methoxy)carbonyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2 methyiimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine 3 5 Following the procedure described in example 36, but using phenyl (I-phenyl-1-cyclopropyl)methyl carbonate (prepared from 1-phenyl-I-cyclopropanemethanol and phenyl chloroformate) instead of N-phenoxycarbonyl-L-Leucine ethyl ester, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (23%).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 96/14317 i J a PCT/EP95/03487 mp: I38-140 °C (C2qH2gN4O2.I /2H20);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS):~8.97 ~s, IH), 8.37 (d, j= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.27 (s, 5H), 7.I9 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 4.16 (s, 2H), 4.I5 (broad d, J= I3.6 Hz, 2H), 3.94 (d, J=
7.2I Hz, 2H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 2.3-0.8 (m, 5H), 0.92 (s, 4H).
traps-1-[[1-[3-(Methoxymethyl)-3-phenylpropenoyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl)-IH-2 methylimidazo[4,5-c)pyridine Following the procedure described in example I, but using traps-3 (methoxymethyl)-3-phenylpropenoic acid (obtained in reference example 27) instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid.
mp: 63-67 °C (C24HzgN402.H2O);
1H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.98 (s, IH), 8.40 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 7.27 (m, 5H), 7.I8 (d, j= 5.5Hz, IH), 6.39 (s, IH), 4.60 (m, IH), 3.98 (m, IH), 3.96 (d, J= 7.2 1 5 Hz, ZH), 3.7I (s, 3H), 3.54 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 3.1-1.3 (m, 7H).
1-[[1-[[N-(4-Nitrophenylsulfonyl)-N-phenylamino)acetyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl) 1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c)pyridine To a solution of the compound obtained in example 49 (2.5 g, 6.9 mmol) 2 0 in pyridine was added 4-nitrobenzenesulfonyl chloride (I.54 g) and the resulting mixture was heated at 60 °C for 18 h. The solvent was removed and the residue partitioned between 0.5 N NaOH and CHC13. The organic phase was dried and concentrated to a residue which was chromatographed on silica gel (CHCI3:MeOH, IO%) to afford the title compound as a yellow solid (2.93 g, 2 S 78%).
mp: 1 I 0-1 I5 °C (CZ~H2gN605S.1 / 2H20);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 9.00 (s, IH), 8.40 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 8.26 (d, J=
8.8Hz, 2H), 7.84 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.27 (m, 5H), 7.I8 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1 H), 4.70 (m, IH), 4.52 (s, 2H), 4.00 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.80 (m, IH), 2.64 (s, 3H), 3.I-I.3 (m, 7H).
1-j[1-[[N-(4-Aminophenylsulfonyl)-N-phenylamino)acetyl)-4-piperidyl)methyl)-iH-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c)pyridine Following the procedure described in reference example 3, but starting from the compound obtained in example 72, the title compound was obtained 3 5 as a white solid (78%).
mp: 147-I57°C (C2~H3pN603S.H2O);
1H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.79 (s, 1H), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 7.45 (d, J=
8.8Hz, ZH), 7.26 (m, 6H), 6.94 (d, J= 8.8Hz, 2H), 4.36 (m, IH), 4.35 (s, 2H), 4.00 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.98 (m,1H), 2.63 (s, 3H), 3.3-1.0 (m, 9H).
CI !F~CTITI ITF ~IlCC'T flat tl C ~Rv WO 96/14317 ~ PCT/EP95/03487 1-[[1-[(2-Methyl-2-phenylpropylamino)carbonyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2 methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example 59, but using 3-methyl-3-phenylbutanoic acid (obtained in-reference example I9) instead of 1-phenyl-1-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (36%).
mp: 66-69 °C (C24H31N50.1 /2H20);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.98 (s, IH), 8.39 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.25 (m, 5H), 7.I8 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 4.08 (m, 1H), 3.94 (d, J= 7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.78 (broad d, J=
I6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.43 (d, J= 5.7 Hz, 2H), 2.61 (s, 3H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 2.I-0.8 (m, 5H), L33 (s, 6H).
1-[[1-[[N-Isobutyl-N-(4-nitrophenylsulfonyl) amino]acetyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]
1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example I, but using N-isobutyl-N-(4-nitrophenylsulfonyl)aminoacetic acid (obtained in reference example 28) instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (71 %).
2 0 IH NMR (SOMHz, CDCl3) S (1'MS): 8.98 (s, IH), 8.40 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 8.31 (d, J=
8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.00 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.2I (d, J= 5.5Hz, I H), 4.50 (m, I H), 4. I6 (s, ZH), 4.01 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, ZH), 3.85 (m, IH), 3.08 (d, J= 7.4 Hz, ZH), 2.63 (s, 3H), 3.1-1.2 (m, 8H), 0.87 (d, J= 6.5 Hz, 6H).
2 5 1-[[1-[[N-(4-Aminophenylsulfonyl)-N-isobutylamino]acetyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl)-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in reference example 3, but starting from the compound obtained in example 75, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (67%).
3 0 mp: II2-I16 °C (C25H34N603S.3/2H20);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) S (TMS): 8.96 (s, IH), 8.39 (d, j= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.5I (d, J=
8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.20 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 6.63 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.50 (m, 3H), 3.89 (m, 5H), 3.00 (m, 2H), 2.62 (s, 3H), 3.I-I.2 (m, 8H), 0.84 (d, J= 6.5 Hz, 6H).
~I IR~,T~ i 1 ITF CI-I~CT 1171 II G '7~1
3-Ethoxycarbonyl-3-phenylpropionic acid 2 5 Following a similar procedure to that described in reference example I4, but starting from ethyl phenylacetate, the title compound was obtained.
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCI3) 8 (TMS): 9.49 (m, IH), 7.28 (s, 5H), 4.I3 (m, 3H), 3.25 (dd, J= I7.2 Hz, J= 9.8 Hz, IH), 2.67 (dd, J= I7.I Hz, j= 5.3 Hz, 1H), I.17 (t, J= 7.3 Hz, 3H).
ris and traps-3-(3-Nitrophenyl)-3-phenylpropenoic acid Following the procedure described in reference example I0, but starting from 3-nitrobenzophenone, the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid.
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.1I (m, 2H), 7.25 (m, 7H), 6.37 (s, 0.67H), 3 5 6.34 (s, 0.33H), 6.I2 (s, IH).
3-[N-(Ethoxycarbonyl)amino]-3-(4-nitrophenyl)propionic acid SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 96/14317 ~ PCT/EP95/03487 Following the procedure described in reference example 13, but starting from 3-[N-(ethoxycarbo~yl)~r~ino]-3-phenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained.
1H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) b (TMS): 9.66 (s, 1H), 8.I7 (d, J= 6.5 Hz, 2H), 7.50 (d, J=
5 6.5 Hz, 2H), 6.2 (m, IH), 5.22 (q, J= 7.5 Hz, IH), 4.I1 (q, J= 7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.9I (d, J=
6.2 Hz, 2H),1.20 (t, J= 7.I Hz, 3H).
3-Hydroxy-3-(2-methylpropyl)-5-methylhexanoic acid Following the procedure described in reference example lI, but using 1 0 2,6-dimethyl-4-heptanone instead of 2,2,2-trifluoroacetophenone, . the title compound was obtained (56%).
1H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) b (TMS): 6.8 (m, 2H), 2.25 (s, 2H), I.7 (m, 2H), 0.95 (m, 16H).
1 5 3-Methyl-3-phenylbutanoic acid.
a) 3-Methyl-3-phenylbutyronitrile A mixture of I-chloro-2-methyl-2-phenylpropane (150 g, 0.889 mol) and NaCN (54.46 g) in DMSO (250 mL) was heated at 100 °C for 3 weeks.
The solution was concentrated to half the initial volume, H20 (400 mL) was added 2 0 and it was extracted with Et20 (3x). The combined organic extracts were dried and concentrated to a crude product (115.1 g), which was directly used in the next step as obtained.
b) Title compound To the product obtained in a) above was added slowly H20 (375 mL) and 2 5 H2S04 (300 mL), and the mixture was refluxed for 48 h. Then, H?O was added and the resulting solution was extracted with CHCl3. The organic phase was washed with 2N NaOH (3x), and the aqueous phase was acidified with 5N HCl and extracted with CHCl3. The combined organic extracts were dried and concentrated to afford the title compound.
3 0 1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 10.8 (m, IH), 7.29 (s, 5H), 2.6I (s, 2H), 1.43 (s, 6H).
N-Methyl-N-phenylaminoacetic acid To a solution of N-phenylglydne (5 g, 33 mmol) and formaldehyde (37%
3 5 aqueous solution, 20 mL) in acetonitrile (I00 mL) was added NaBH3CN (6.8 g) and AcOH (2 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Volatiles were removed in vacuo, the residue was acidified to pH=3-4 and extracted with CHC13 several times. The combined organic extracts were dried and concentrated to afford a crude product (5.73 g), which was SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) PCT/EP95/03487 4.
~l8O.fi60 purified by chromatography on silica gel (EtOAc) to afford the title compound (3.96 g, 73%).
1 H NMR (SOMHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.82 (s, I H), 7.38 (m, 2H), 6.75 (m, 3H), 4.05 (s, ZH), 3.03 (s, 3H).
3-Methyl-3-(4-nitrophenyl)butanoic acid Following the procedure described in reference example I3, but starting from the compound obtained in reference example I9, the title compound was obtained (47%).
1H NMR (SOMHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.16 (d, J= 6.5 Hz, 2H), 7.55 (d, J= 6.5 H~, 2H), 3.5 (m, IH), 2.70 (s, 2H), L50 (s, 6H).
REFERENCE EXAMPLE ZZ
cis and traps-3-(4-Nitrophenyl)-2-butenoic acid Following the procedure described in reference example I0, but using 4 1 5 nitroacetophenone instead of 4-nitrobenzophenone, the title compound was obtained.
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.8 (m, IH), 8.23 (d, j= 6.4 Hz, 2H), 7.64 (d, J=
6.4 Hz, 2H), 6.21 (d, J= 1.3 Hz, 0.7H), 6.07 (d, J= I.3 Hz, 0.3H), 2.62 (d, J=
1.3 Hz, 3H).
N-Ethoxycarbonyl-N-(4-nitrophenyl)aminoacetic acid To a cooled (0 °C) suspension of 4-nitroaniline (10 g, 0.072 mol) and Et3N
(10 mL) in CHC13 (120 mL), was added dropwise ethyl chloroformate (6.9 mL) and the mixture was stirred under an argon atmosphere at room temperature 2 5 overnight. CHC13 was added and the resulting solution was washed with 1N
HCl. The layers were separated, the aqueous phase was washed with CHC13 and the combined organic extracts were dried and concentrated. The residue was chromatographed on silica gel (hexane:EtOAc, 30%) to afford N-(ethoxycarbonyl)-4-nitroaniline (I.7 g).
3 0 This product was dissolved in THF (5 mL) and was then added dropwise to a cooled (0 °C) suspension of NaH (0.48 g, IO mmol) in dry THF (IO
mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min and then ethyl bromoacetate (0.89 mL, 8 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 48 h and then refluxed for 24 h. The residue was taken 3 5 up in CHC13 and phosphate buffer, and extracted with CHC13 (2x).
Evaporation of the solvent gave the title compound as the ethyl ester (I.54 g).
This product was dissolved in MeOH (35 mL), a solution of K2C03 (I.33 g) in H20 (I8 mL) was added and the mixture was refluxed for 3 h. Volatiles were removed in vacuo and the resulting solution was extracted with hexane.
SUBSTITUTE SfiEFT !RULE 261 218 '~ s~6 0, The aqueous phase was made acid and extracted with CHC13. The organic extracts were dried and concentrated to afford the title compound.
1H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.21 (d, J= 6.5 Hz, 2I-~, 7.50 (d, J= 6.5 Hz, 2H), 5.89 (broad s, IH), 4.45 (s, 2H), 4.16 (q, J= 7.I Hz, 2H), L26 (t, J= 7.I Hz, 3H).
traps -3-Phenyl-2-pentenoic acid Following the procedure described in reference example I0, but using propiophenone instead of 4-nitrobenzophenone, the title compound was obtained.
1 0 IH NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 CTMS): 10.68 (m, IH), 7.42 (m, 5H), 6.05 (s, IH), 3.I2 (q, J= 7.I Hz, 2H7,1.09 (t, J= 7.I Hz, 3H).
2-Methyl-2-phenylpropylsulfonyl chloride In a flask under argon were placed magnesium turnings (0.8 g, 0.036 15 mol), dry THF (IO mL) and a iodine crystal. Then, I-chloro-2-methyl-2 phenylpropane (5 mL, 0.031 moI) in THF (I5 mL) was added slowly and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 30 min. It was then allowed to cool to room temperature and finally it was cooled to -70 °C and sulfuryl chloride (2.5 mL, 0.031 mol) in THF (10 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction was allowed to 2 0 warm up to room temperature and was stirred at this temperature overnight.
The resulting solution was poured into diluted phosphate buffer and extracted with EtOAc (3x). Evaporation of the solvent afforded the title compound (4.6 g, 65%).
1H NMR (SOMHz, CDCl3) S (TMS): 7.30 (m, 5H), 3.59 (s, 2H),1.39 (s, 6H).
[N-(2-Methoxyphenyl)-N-methylamino]acetic acid.
a) N-(2-Methoxyphenyl)aminoacetic acid.
To a cooled (0 °C) solution of 2-methoxyaniline (I3.2 g, 0.108 mol) in CHC13 (I00 mL) was added ethyl bromoacetate (6 mL, 0.05 mol) and the 3 0 mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The resulting solution was washed with 0.5N NaOH and the organic phase was concentrated to a crude product. This was purified by chromatography on silica gel (hexane-EtOAc, IO%) to afford ethyl N-(2-methoxyphenyl)aminoacetate (4.2 g, 40%).
This compound was dissolved in MeOH (80 mL), a solution of K2C03 (4.4 g) in 3 5 H20 (50 mL) was added and the mixture was refluxed overnight. MeOH was removed and the resulting aqueous solution was extracted with hexane. The aqueous phase was acidified with 5N HCl and extracted with CHC13 (3x).
Evaporation of the solvent afforded the title compound.
SUBSTITUTE SiiEET (RULE 26?
~~fi6~ _ WO 96!14317 PCT/EP95/03487 1H NMR (80MHz, CDC13+ CD30D) 8 (TMS): 6.83 (m, 3H), 6.56 (m, IH), 3.91 (s, 2H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.62 (s, 2H).
b)Title compound Following the procedure described in reference example 20, but starting from the compound obtained in reference example 26a, the title compound was obtained (76%).
1H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.78 (broad s, IH), 6.87 (m, 4H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.71 (s, 2H), 2.88 (s, IH).
traps-3-(Methoxymethyl)-3-phenylpropenoic acid.
Following the procedure described in reference example I0, but using 2-methoxyacetophenone instead of 4-nitrobenzophenone, the title compound was obtained (30%a).
1H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): I1.I3 (broad s, IH), 7.23 (s, 5H), 6.49 (s, IH), 1 5 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.52 (s, ZH).
N-Isobutyl-N-(4-nitrophenylsulfonyl)aminoacetic acid a) N-Isobutyl-N-(4-nitrophenylsulfonyl)amine To a solution of isobutylamine (5 mL, 0.052 mol) in CHZCl2 (100 mL) was 2 0 added Et3N (5.07 mL) and 4-nitrobenzenesulfonyl chloride (1 L7 g, 0.052 mol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The resulting solution was washed with H20 (3x), dried and concentrated to afford the desired product (9.41 g, 70%).
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.38 (d, J= 6.5 Hz, 2H), 8.08 (d, J= 6.5 Hz, 2H), 2 5 S.I2 (t, J= 6.4 Hz, IH), 2.83 (t, J= 6.5 Hz, 2H), I.75 (hept, J= 6.5 Hz, 1H), 0.89 (d, J=
6.5 Hz, 6H).
b) Title compound Following a similar procedure to that described in reference example 26a, but starting from the compound obtained in section a) above, the title 3 0 compound was obtained (3.20 g, 28%).
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) S (TMS): 8.36 (d, J= 6.5 Hz, 2I-0, 8.03 (d, J= 6.5 Hz, 2H), 4.09 (s, 2H), 3.80 (s, IH), 3.I0 (d, J= 7.4 Hz, 2H), 1.87 (kept, J= 6.5 Hz, 1H), 0.91 (d, J= 6.5 Hz, 6H).
3 5 1-([1-(3,3-biphenylpropionyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,r c]pyridine To a cooled (0 °C) mixture of the product obtained in reference example 5 (0.5 g, 2.I7 mmol), 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid (0.49 g, 2.I7 mmol) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (0.26 g) in DMF (25 mL), was added under a nitrogen SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) '- WO 96/14317 PCT/EP95/03487 atmosphere dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (0.4 g) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for I8 h. The solvents were removed in vacuo, the resulting residue was stirred with EtOAc and the insoluble material was filtered off. The organic solution was washed with saturated NaHC03 solution, H20 and brine, dried and concentrated. The residue (1.44 g) was purified by chromatography on silica gel (CHCI3:MeOH, IO%) to afford the title compound as a white solid (0.59 g, 62%).
mp 79-84°C (CZgH3pN40);
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) S (TMS): 8.96 (s, IH), 8.35 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.23 (m, 1 0 lIH), 4.66 (t, J= 7.3Hz, IH), 4.65 (m, IH), 3.83 (d, J= 7.2Hz, 2H), 3.81 (m, IH), 3.OI
(dd, J= 7.8Hz, J= 3.2Hz, 2H), 2.57 (s, 3H), 3-0.5 (complex signal, 7H);
13C NMR (20.I5MHz, CDCI3) 8 (TMS): 169.25, I53.I7, 143.78, 143.37, 140.85, 140.71, 139.84, 138.97, 127.93, 127.58, 127,19, 125,87, 104.74, 48.62, 47.11, 44.90, 40.88, 38.00, 36.32, 29.66, 29.03,13.37.
1 5 The trihydrochloride was prepared by treatment of a solution of the product (0.28 g) in a 1: 1 mixture of EtOAc and CH2CI2 with a solution of HCl(g) in Et20. The mixture was cooled for 1 h at -20°C and the solid was collected by filtration to afford the desired salt (0.3 g, 85%a).
mp 128-134°C (C28H3aN40.3HC1).
2 0 The hemifumarate was prepared by treatment of a solution of the product (0.87 g) in EtOH with a solution of fumaric acid (0.46g) in EtOH. The mixture was cooled for 1 h at -20°C, the solid was collected by filtration and recrystallized again in EtOH to afford the desired salt (0.308 g, 30%).
mp 190-194°C (C2gH3pN40.I /2 C4H404. H20).
1-[1-(3,3-Diphenylpropionyl)-4-piperidyl]-IH-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example 1, but starting from the compound obtained in reference example 6, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (45%).
3 0 mp: 95-100°C (CZ~H2gN40);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.97 (s, 1H), 8.33 (d, j= 5.3Hz, IH), 7.29 (m, lOH), 7.08 (d, J= 5.3Hz, IH), 4.83 (m, IH), 4.74 (t, J= 7.5Hz, IH), 4.30 (m, 2H), 3.10 (m, 3H), 2.61 (s, 3H), 3-I.5 (complex signal, 5H).
3 5 1-((1-[3-[N-(Methoxycarbonyl)amino]-3-phenylpropionyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example I, but using 3-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)amino)-3-phenylpropionic acid instead of 3,3-SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 96/14317 ~' ; PCT/EP95/03487 diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (5I %).
mp: 97 I00°C (C24H29N5~3.1 /2H20);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDC13) S (TMS): 8.95 (s, IH), 8.35 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.30 (m, 5 6H), 6.50 (m, IH), 5.08 (m, IH), 4.60 (m, 1H), 3.87 (m, 3H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 2.58 (s, 3H), 3-0.5 (complex signal, 9H).
1-[1-[3-[N-(Methoxycarbonyl)amino]-3-phenylpropionyl]-4-piperidyl]-1H-2 methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine 10 Following the procedure described in example 1, but starting. from the compound obtained in reference example 6 and 3-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)amino]-3-phenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (56%).
mp: 102-I05°C (C23H2~N503.H20);
1 5 IH NMR (80MHz, CDC13) S (TMS): 8.96 (s, IH), 8.32 (d, J= 5.4Hz, IH), 7.36 (m, 5H), 7.08 (d, J =5.4 Hz, 1H), 6.30 (m, IH), 5.I9 (m, 1H), 4.87 (m, IH), 4.30 (m, 2H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 2.63 (s, 3H), 3.3-1.6 (complex signal, 8H).
1-[[1-[3-Phenyl-3-[N-(tent butoxycarbonyl)amino]propionyl]-4-piperidyl)methyl]-2 0 1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example 1, but using 3-phenyl-3-[N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]propionic acid instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (40%).
IH NMR (SOMHz, CDC13) S (TMS): 8.97 (s, IH), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.30 (m, 2 5 6H), 6.30 (m, IH), 5.08 (m, 1H), 4.60 (m, IH), 3.87 (m, 3H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 3-0.5 (complex signal, 9H),1.40 (s, 9H).
I-[[1-[3-[N-(4-aminobenzoyl)aminol-3-phenyipropionyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]
IH-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine 3 0 a) 1-[[1-(3-Amino-3-phenylpropionyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in reference example 5, but starting from the compound obtained in example 5, the desired product was obtained as a colourless oil.
3 5 IH NMR (80MHz, CDC13) b (TMS): 8.97 (s, IH), 8.38 (d, J= SHz, 1H), 7.31 (m, 6H), 4.70 (m, 1H), 4.51 (t, J= 7.3Hz, 1H), 3.91 (m, 3H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 3.0-0.7 (complex signal, I1H).
b) Title compound SUBSTITUTE SHEET RULE 26) WO 96/14317 ' ; ~ PCT/EP95/03487 ~; ..~ ~r i ,.
Following the procedure described in example I, but starting from 4-aminobenzoic acid and the compound obtained in example 6a, the title compound was obtair<ed as a white solid (75%).
mp: I32-142°C (C29H32N602.H20);
I H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) b (TMS): 8.97 (s, 1H), 8.45 (m, 1 H), 8.38 (d, J=
5.5Hz, IH), 7.72 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.34 (m, 6H), 6.65 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 2H), 5.50 (m, IH), 4.64 (m, 1H), 3.80 (m, 5H), 2.57 (s, 3H), 3-0.5 (complex signal, 9H).
1-[[1-[N-(Diphenylmethyl)aminoacetyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-1 0 methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example I, but using [N-(diphenylmethyl)amino]acetic acid instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (65%).
mp: 77-79°C (C2gH31N50.I /2H20);
1 5 1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) b (TMS): 8.97 (s, IH), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 7.29 (m, I I H), 4.84 (s, I H), 4.65 (m, I H), 3.94 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.50 (m, I H), 3.36 (s, 2H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 3.0-1.0 (complex signal, 8H).
1-[[1-(3,3-biphenyl-3-hydroxypropionyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-2 0 methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following 'the procedure described in example I, but using 3,3-diphenyl-3-hydroxypropionic acid instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (6I %).
mp: ZIO-Z1I°C (C2gH3pN402.1 /2H20);
2 5 1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 9.20 (s, IH), 8.60 (d, j= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.56 (m, lOH), 7.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 6.79 (m, IH), 4.82 (m, 1H), 4.I2 (d, J= 7.2H, 2H), 4.05 (m, IH), 3.42 (s, 2H), 2.8I (s, 3H), 3.3-1.0 (complex signal, 7H).
1-[[1-(2-Amino-2,2-diphenylacetyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-3 0 methylimidazo[4,5-c)pyridine Following the procedure described in example I, but using 2-amino-2,2-diphenylacetic acid instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (88%).
. IH NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) b (TMS): 8.93 (s, IH), 8.36 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.34 (m, 3 5 lOH), 7.03 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 4.29 (m, 2H), 3.75 (d, J= 7.2H, 2H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 2.8-1.0 (complex signal, 9H).
1-[[1-[2-(N-acetylamino)-2,2-diphenylacetyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-iH-2 methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 96/14317 ~ PCT/EP95/03487~
A solution of the compound obtained in example 9 (0.3 g, 0.68 mmol) in pyridine (3 mL) and Ac20 (1 mL) was heated at 65 ~C for 18 h. The solvents were removed in vacuo and the residue partitioned between CHC13 and O.SN
NaOH. The organic phase was dried and concentrated to a residue (0.38 g), which was purified by chromatography on silica gel (CHCI3:MeOH 5%) to afford the title compound (0.3 g, 92% ).
mp: I38-148°C (C29H31NSO?~;
1H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.93 (s, IH), 8.35 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 8.27 (s, IH), 7.60 (m, 4H), 7.30 (m, 6H), 7.00 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 4.45 (m, 2H), 3.72 (d, J=
1 0 7.ZHz, 2H), 2.48 (s, 3H), 2.7 0.4 (complex signal, 7H), I.69 (s, 3H).
1-[[1-[3-Phenyl-3-(phenylamino)propionyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2 methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example I, but using 3-phenyl-3 1 5 (phenylamino)propionic acid (obtained in reference example 8) instead of 3,3 diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (55%).
mp: 82-9I°C (C2gH31N50.1/2H20);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.95 (s, IH), 8.35 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.32 (m, 2 0 7H), 7.06 (t, J= 8.OHz, 2H), 6.57 (t, j= 8.OHz, 2H), 5.40 (m, IH), 4.77 (m, 2H), 3.77 (d, J= 7.IH, 2H), 3.70 (m, IH), 2.53 (s, 3H), 3.0-0.3 (complex signal, 9H).
1-[[1-[3-[(4-Nitrophenyl)amino]-3-phenylpropionyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2 methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine 2 5 Following the procedure described in example I, but using 3-(4-nitrophenyl)amino-3-phenylpropionic acid (obtained in reference example 9) instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (90%).
mp: 230-232°C (CZgH3pN603.I /2H20);
3 0 IH NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 ('TMS): 8.98 (s, IH), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.97 (d, J=
9Hz, 2H), 7.35 (m, 5H), 7.12 (d, j= 5.5Hz, IH), 6.95 (m, IH), 6.42 (d, J=
9.OHz, 2H), 4.76 (m, 2H), 3.75 (m, 3H), 2.58 (s, 3H), 3.0-0.3 (complex signal, 9H).
1-[[1-[3-[(4-Aminophenyl)amino]-3-phenyIpropionyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-3 5 methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine To a solution of the product obtained in example 12 (226 mg, 0.4 mmol) in EtOH (5 mL) and HZO (0.6 mL) was added a solution of CaCl2 (33.6 mg) in H20 (0.26 mL) and powdered zinc (0.58 g). The resulting mixture was heated at 50°C for 45 min, filtered through celite and the filtrate was concentrated. The SUeSTiTUTE S~iFFT ~R~ n F ~Fl residue was purified by chr,,~matography on silica gel (CHCI3:MeOH IO%), to afford the title compound as a white solid (O.I7 g, 9I %).
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.93 (s, IH), 8.34 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.3I (m, 6H), 6.44 (broad s, 4H), 4.62 (m, 2H), 3.80 (d, J= 7.OHz, 2H), 3.52 (m, 4H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 3.0-0.5 (complex signal, 9H).
A solution of the title compound in CHCl3 was treated with a solution of HCl(g) in EtZO, to afford the hydrochloride of the title compound.
mp: 189-195°C (C2gH32N6O.4HC1.2H20).
1 0 1-((I-(2,2-Dicyclohexylacetyl)-4-piperidyl)methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo(4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example I, but using 2,2-dicyclohexylacetic acid instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (23%).
1 5 mp: I6I-164°C (C2~H4pN40.3/4H20);
1H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.97 (s, IH), 8.37 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 7.I9 (d, J=
5.5Hz, IH), 4.82 (m, IH), 4.03 (m, IH), 3.98 (d, J= 7.2Hz, 2H), 2.62 (s, 3H), 3.0-0.5 (complex signal, 30H).
2 0 1-((1-(3,3-Diphenylpropenoyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo(4,5-c)pyridine Following the procedure described in example 1, but using 3,3-diphenylpropenoic acid (obtained in reference example I2) instead of 3,3 diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid 2 5 (85%).
mp: 85-92°C (C2gH2gN40.H20);
IH NMR (SOMHz, CDCl3) S (TMS): 8.95 (s, 1H), 8.37 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 7.32 (m, lOH), 7.09 (d, J=5.4Hz, IH), 6.27 (s, IH), 4.65 (m, IH), 3.82 (m, 1H), 3.77 (dd, J=
6.7Hz, J= 2.2Hz, 2H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 2.8-0.5 (complex signal, 7H).
cis and traps -I-((I-(3-(4-Nitrophenyl)-3-phenylpropenoyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl)-1H-2-methylimidazo(4,5-c)pyridine Following the procedure described in example I, but using a cis/trans mixture of 3-(4-nitrophenyl)-3-phenylpropenoic acid (obtained in reference 3 5 example 10) instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (85%). .
mp:106-l I2°C (C2gH2~N5O3.1 /2HZO);
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) PCT/EP95/03487~
1H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) S (TMS): 8.95 (s, IH), 8.37 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 8.18 (dd, J=
8.6Hz, J= 3.2 Hz, 2H), 7.37 (m, 8H), 6.49 (s, 0.5H), 6.40 (s, 0.5H), 4.66 (m, IH), 3.84 (m, 3H), 2.57 (s, 3H), 2.8-0.5 (complex signal, 7H).
EXAMPLE 17a and 17b a) ris -1-[[1-[3-(4-Aminophenyl)-3-phenylpropenoyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine b) traps -1-[[1-[3-(4-Aminophenyl)-3-phenylpropenoyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-IH-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in reference example 3, but starting from the compound obtained in example I6, the title compound was obtained as a cis/trans mixture of isomers, which were separated by chromatography on silica gel (CHCI3:MeOH, IO%).
Slower eluting, isomer cis (example I7a)(54%):
mp: I2I-I35°C (C2gH29Ng0.3/2H20);
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCI3) 8 (TMS): 8.95 (s, IH), 8.36 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 7.29 (s, 5H), 7.07 (m, 3H), 6.65 (d, J= 6.5Hz, 2H), 6.07 (s, 1 H), 4.70 (m, I H), 3.82 (m, 3H), 2.57 (s, 3H), 2.8-0.5 (complex signal, 9H).
Faster eluting, isomer traps (example I7b) (22%):
mp: 223-224°C (C2gH29N5O.I /2H20);
2 0 IH NMR (SOMHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.96 (s, 1H), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.30 (s, 5H), 7.05 (m, 3H), 6.60 (d, J= 6.5Hz, 2H), 6.I7 (s, IH), 4.60 (m, IH), 3.8I
(m, 3H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 2.8-0.5 (complex signal, 9H).
Following the same procedure described in example I6 but using pure cis or pure traps-3-(4-nitrophenyl)-3-phenylpropenoic acid (described in 2 5 reference example l0a and IOb respectively) instead of a cis/trans mixture and then reducing the resulting compounds as described above, the title compound was obtained in pure cis or traps form.
Alternatively, the pure cis isomer was obtained as follows: To a solution of SnC12.2H20 (2I g) in HCl (21 mL) was added a solution of cis 1-[[1 3 0 [3-(4-nitrophenyl)-3-phenylpropenoyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-IH-2-methylimida zo[4,5-c]pyridine (IO g, 20.7 mmol) in AcOH (35 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, and was then made basic with cooled aqueous NaOH and extracted with CHC13 (3x), whereupon a solid precipitated in the organic phase. This solid was collected and the organic solution was dried and 3 5 concentrated to give 8 g of the desired product. The first precipitate and the aqueous phase were combined and then treated with more NaOH solution and extracted with CHC13 (3x). Evaporation of the solvent afforded I.73 g more of the title product.
SU6STITUTE S;iEFT (RULE 2R~
_218~~60 WO 96114317 ' PCT/EP95/03487 I-[[1-(3,3-Dicyclohexyl-3-hydroxypropionyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-IH-2 methylimidazo(4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example I, but using 3,3 dicyclohexyl-3-hydroxypropionic aad instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the 5 title compound was obtained as a white solid (27%).
mp: 75-8I°C (C2sH42N402.5/4H20);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.95 (s, IH), 8.37 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.24 (d, J=
5.5Hz, IH), 6.09 (s, 1H), 4.69 (m, 1H), 4.04 (d, J= 7.2Hz, 2H), 3.96 (m, 1H), 2.64 (s, 3H), 3.0-0.5 (complex signal, 3IH).
1-[[1-[3,3-biphenyl-3-(ethoxycarbonyl)propionyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example I, but using 3,3-diphenyI
3-ethoxycarbonylpropionic acid (obtained in reference example 7) instead of 1 5 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (60%).
mp: 79-89°C (C31H34N403.H20);
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.98 (s, IH), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.28 (m, I1H), 4.62 (m, IH), 4.22 (q, J= 7.3Hz, 2H), 3.85 (d, J= 7.ZHz, 2H), 3.8I (m, IH), 3.48 2 0 (m, 2H), 2.59 (s, 3H), 3-0.5 (complex signal, 7H), 1.I7 (t, J= 7.2Hz, 3H).
(R)-I-[[I-[2-(Methoxycarbonylamino)-2-phenylacetyl~-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2 methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example I, but using (R)-2 2 5 (methoxycarbonylamino)-2-phenylacetic acid instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic aad, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (94%).
mp: 108-I13°C (C23HZ~Ng03.I /2H20);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.95 (s, IH), 8.35 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 7.37 (m, 5H), 7.01 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 6.28 (m, IH), 5.57 (m, IH), 4.70 (m, IH), 3.80 (m, 3H), 3 0 3.63 (s, 3H), 3-1 (complex signal, lOH).
1-[(1-(3-Hydroxy-3-phenylbutanoyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2 methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example 1, but using 3-hydroxy-3 3 5 phenylbutanoic aad instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (4I %).
mp: I99-200°C (C23HZgN40Z.I /4H20);
CI 11CTITI ITC C:~CCT !DI il C ~~1 IH NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.90 (s, IH), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.22 (m, 6H), 6.0 (m, IH), 4.60 (m, IH), 3.9I (m, 3H), 2.57 (s, 3H), 3-0.5 (complex signal, 9H), I.59 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE ZZ
I-([I-(3-(4-Nitrophenyl)butanoyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example 1, but using 3-(4-nitrophenyl)butanoic acid (obtained in reference example I3) instead of 3,3 diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid X53%).
mp: 75-77°C (C23HZ~NSO3.1 /2H20);
I H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.92 (s, I H), 8.36 (d, J= 5.5Hz, I H), 8.28 (d, j=
9.5Hz, 2H), 7.42 (d, J= 9.5Hz, ZH), 7.I2 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 4.60 (m, IH), 3.93 (m, 3H), 3.50 (m, IH), 2.61 (s, 3H), 3-0.5 (complex signal, 9H), I.36 (d, J=
6.9Hz, 3H).
I-([1-(3-(4-Aminophenyl)butanoyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-IH-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in reference example 3, but starting from the compound obtained in example 22, the title compound was obtained 2 0 as a white solid (35%).
mp: lI6-I17°C (C23H2gNg0.3/2H20);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDC13+CD30D) 8 (TMS): 8.88 (s, IH), 8.33 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 7.30 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.02 (d, j= 9.OHz, 2H), 6.67 (d, J= 9.OHz, 2H), 4.64 (m, IH), 3.93 (m, 3H), 3.80 (m, ZH), 3.20 (m, 1H), 2.63 (s, 3H), 3-0.5 (complex signal, 9H), 2 5 1.3I (d, J= 6.9Hz, 3H).
1-[(I-[2-(4-Nitrophenyl)propionyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-IH-2-methylimidazo(4,5 c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example I, but using 2-(4-3 0 nitrophenyl)propionic acid instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (I2%).
mp: 82-87°C (C~H25N503.1 /2H20);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) b (TMS): 8.94 (s, IH), 8.33 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 8.I6 (d, J=
9.SHz, 2H), 7.44 (d, J= 9.5Hz, 2H), 7.I2 (m, IH), 4.73 (m, IH), 4.0 (m, 4H), 2.55 (s, 3 5 3H), 3-0.5 (complex signal, 7H),1.46 (d, J= 6.9Hz, 3H).
1-[[I-(2-(4-Aminophenyl)propionyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2 methylimidazo(4,5-c]pyridine SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) '- WO 96/14317 Following the procedure described in reference example 3, but starting from the compound obtained in example 24, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (34%).
mp: 9I-95°C (C~HZ~NSO.H20);
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.96 (s, 1H), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 7.05 (m, 1H), 6.99 (d, J= 9.5Hz, 2H), 6.6I (d, J= 9.5Hz, 2H), 4.74 (m,1H), 3.77 (m, 4H), 2.53 (s, 3H), 3-0.5 (complex signal, 9H), I.37 (d, J= 6.9Hz, 3H).
1-[[1-[3-Ethoxycarbonyl-3-(4-nitrophenyl)propionyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-IH-2-methylimidazo(4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example I, but using 3-ethoxycarbonyl-3-(4-nitrophenyl)propionic acid (obtained in reference example 14) instead of 3,3-diphenyl-propionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (18%).
1 5 mp: 81-84°C (CZ5H29N505.2H20);
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.95 (s, 1H), 8.35 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 8.16 (d, J=
9.5Hz, 2H), 7.48 (d, J= 9.5Hz, 2H), 7.22 (m, 1H), 4.63 (m, 1H), 4.03 (m, 6H), 2.62 (s, 3H), 3:3-1 (complex signal, 9H),1.19 (t, J= 6.5Hz, 3H).
2 0 1-[[1-[3-(4-Aminophenyl)-3-ethoxycarbonylpropionyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in reference example 3, but starting from the compound obtained in example 26, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (90%).
? 5 mp: 204-205°C (Cz5H31N5~3~H20);
1H NMR (SOMHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.98 (s, IH), 8.41 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.26 (m, 1H), 7.07 (d, J= 9.5Hz, 2H), 6.62 (d, J= 9.5Hz, 2H), 4.65 (m, IH), 3.98 (m, 6H), 2.62 (s, 3H), 3.3-I (complex signal, I1H), I.19 (t, J= 6.5Hz, 3H).
3 0 1-[[1-(3-Ethoxycarbonyl-3-phenylpropionyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example 1, but using 3-ethoxycarbonyl-3-phenylpropionic acid (obtained in reference example I5) instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a 3 5 white solid (38%).
mp: I73-I74°C (Cz5H3pN403~H20);
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.99 (s, IH), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.30 (m, 6H), 4.66 (m, I H), 4.13 (m, 6H), 2.62 (s, 3H), 3.5-1 (complex signal, 9H), 1.19 (t, J=
7.I2Hz, 3H).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) cis and tracts -1-[[1-[3-(3-Nitrophenyl)-3-phenylpropenoyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example 1, but using cis and trans-3-(3-nitrophenyl)-3-phenylpropenoic acid (obtained in reference example 16) instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (95%).
mp: 99-I03°C (CZgHZ~N503.1 /2H20);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.97 (s, IH), 8.39 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 8.27 (m, 1 0 2H), 7.30 (m, SH), 6.54 (s, 0.66H), 6.39 (s, 0.34H), 4.62 (m, IH), 3.98 (m, 3H), 2.63 (s, 3H), 3.1-0.7 (complex signal, 7I~.
cis and traps -1-[[1-[3-(3-Aminophenyl)-3-phenylpropenoyl]-4 piperidyl]methyl]-IH-2-methyiimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in reference example 3, but starting from the compound obtained in example 29, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (I4%).
mp: I22-133°C (C2gH29N50.H20);
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) a (TMS): 8.94 (s, IH), 8.33 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.28 (m, 2 0 8H), 6.63 (m, 2H), 6.20 (s, 0.4H), 6.16 (s, 0.6H), 4.67 (m, IH), 3.78 (m, 3H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 2.8-O.I (complex signal, 9H).
1-[[i-[3-(4-Aminophenyl)-3-[N-(ethoxycarbonyl)amino]propionyl]-4 piperidyl]methyl]-IH-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine 2 5 Following the procedure described in example I, but using 3-[N-(ethoxycarbonyl)amino]-3-(4-nitrophenyl)propionic acid (obtained in reference example I7), and hydrogenating the compound thus obtained according to the procedure described in reference example 3, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (15%).
3 0 mp: I I3-I16°C (C25H32N603.I /2H20);
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.94 (s, 1H), 8.35 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.21 (d, J=
5.5Hz, IH), 7.07 (d, J= 9.5Hz, 2H), 6.63 (m, 3H), 4.95 (m, IH), 4.60 (m, IH), 4.06 (q, J = 7.2Hz, 2H), 3.88 (m, 3H), 2.59 (s, 3H), 3.6-0.5 (complex signal, IIH), I.I9 (t, j=
7.2Hz, 3H).
I-[[1-(3-Phenylhexanoyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5 c]pyridine SUBSTITUTE S;aEFT (RULE 261 ' WO 96/14317 ~ ; =
~~soss~
Following the procedure described in example 1, but using 3 phenylhexanoic acid instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound . was obtained as a white solid (SI~%a).
mp: 39-55°C (C25H32N40.1 /2H20);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.96 (s, IH), 8.36 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.24 (m, 6H), 4.60 (m, 1H), 3.84 (m, 3H), 3.18 (m, IH), 2.58 (s, 3H), 2.8-0.5 (complex signal, 13H), 0.97 (t, J= 6.9Hz, 3H).
1-[[1-[3-Hydroxy-3-(2-methylpropyl)-5-methylhexanoyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-iH
1 0 2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example 1, but using 3-hydroxy-3-(2-methylpropyI)-5-methyIhexanoic acid (obtained in reference example I8) instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (25%).
1 5 mp: 38-SI°C (C24H3gN402.1/4H2O);
1H NMR (SOMHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.98 (s, 1H), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.21 (d, J=
5.5Hz, IH), 4.98 (s, 1H), 4.69 (m, IH), 4.01 (d, J= 7.2Hz, 2H), 3.85 (m, 1H), 2.63 (s, 3H), 3.I-I.1 (complex signal, I5H), I.00 (broad s, IZH).
2 0 1-[[1-[3-[N-(4-Aminobenzenesulfonyl)amino]-3-phenylpropionyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example I, but using 3-[N-(4-nitrobenzenesulfonyl)amino]propionic acid, and hydrogenating the compound thus obtained according to the procedure described in reference 2 5 example 3, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (22%).
mp: 126-134°C (C2gH32N603S.H20);
1H NMR (SOMHz, CDCl3+CD30D) 8 (TMS): 8.86 (s, IH), 8.32 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.16 (m, 7H), 6.86 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 2H), 4.65 (m, I H), 4.55 (m, IH), 4.00 (m, 5H), 2.61 (s, 3H), 3-0.5 (complex signal, 9H).
3 0 Alternatively, the compound obtained in example 6a was reacted with 4-nitrobenzenesulfonyl chloride in the presence of triethylamine to give I-[[I-[3-[N-(4-nitrobenzenesulfonyl)amino)-3-phenylpropionyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-IH-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine, which was hydrogenated according to the procedure described in reference example 3 to give the title compound.
1-[[1-[(N-Ethoxycarbonyl-N-phenylamino)acetyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example 1, but using N-ethoxycarbonyl-N-phenylglycine (prepared from N-phenylglycine and ethyl SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) chloroformate) instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic and, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (41 %).
mp: I30-I37°C (C24H2gN503.H2O);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.96 (s, IH), 8.35 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.31 (m, 5 6H), 4.43 (m, IH), 4.40 (m, 2H), 4.I5 (q, J= 7.ZHz, 2H), 3.96 (d, J=6.9Hz, 2H) 3.90 (m, IH), 2.6I (s, 3H), 3-I.2 (complex signal, 7H), I.I9 (t, J= 7.2Hz, 3H).
(S)-I-([I-((N-(1-Ethoxycarbonyl-3-methylbutyl)amino]carbonyl]-4 piperidyl]methyl]-IH-2-methylimidazo(4,5-c]pyridine 10 A solution of the compound obtained in reference example 5 (0.5 g, 2.I
mmol) and N-phenoxycarbonyl-L-Leucine ethyl ester (0.78 g, 2.7 mmol, prepared from L-Leucine ethyl ester and phenyl chloroformate) in pyridine (I5 mL) was refluxed for 18 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue partitioned between CHC13 and 0.5N NaOH. The organic phase was dried and 1 5 concentrated to a residue (I.33 g), which was purified by chromatography on silica gel (CHCI3:MeOH, 5%) to afford the title compound as a white solid (0.22 g, 44%).
mp: 60-63°C (C22H33N503.3/4H20);
IH NMR (SOMHz, CDC13) S (TMS): 8.96 (s, 1H), 8.36 (m, 1H), 7.26 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 2 0 IH), 5.30 (d, J= 8.I7Hz, IH), 4.51 (q, J = 8.I2Hz, IH), 4.18 (q, J= 6.5Hz, 2H), 4.I5 (m, IH), 4.00 (d, J= 7.3Hz, 2H), 2.70 (m, 3H), 2.62 (s, 3H), 2.I-1.4 (complex signal, 8H), 1.27 (t, J= 6.5Hz, 3H), 0.93 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 6H).
(S)-1-[[1-[[N-[1-Ethoxycarbonyl-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl]amino]carbonyl]-4-2 5 piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example 36, but using N-phenoxycarbonyl-4-nitro-L-phenylalanine ethyl ester instead of N-phenoxycarbonyl-L-Leucine ethyl ester, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (54%).
3 0 mp: 85-89°C (C25H3pN6O5.I /2H20);
I H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.94 (s, I H), 8.35 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1 H), 8.11 (d, J=
9.2Hz, 2H), 7.32 (d, J= 9.ZHz, 2H), 7.20 (d, j= 5.5Hz, IH), 5.32 (d, J=
8.I7Hz, 1H), 4.81 (q, J = 8.I2Hz, IH), 4.18 (q, J= 6.5Hz, 2H), 4.00 (m, 1H), 3.98 (d, J=
7.3Hz, ZH), 3.23 (d, J= 5.8Hz, 2H), 2.70 (m, 3H), 2.63 (s, 3H), 2.1-I.4 (complex signal, 5H), 1.25 3 5 (t, J= 6.5Hz, 3H).
(S)-1-[[1-[[N-[2-(4-Aminophenyl)-1-ethoxycarbonylethyl]amino]carbonyl]-4 piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo(4,5-c]pyridine SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) '~ ~ $ 0 6 ~6 rc~r/~r9s/o34s7 p, .
Following the procedure described in reference example 3, but starting from the compound obtained in example 37, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (94%).
mp: 87 96°C (C~,5H32N6~3~H2~):
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.96 (s, IH), 8.36 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.20 (d, j=
5.5Hz, IH), 6.88 (d, J= 9.2Hz, ZH), 6.57 (d, J= 9.2Hz, 2H), 4.97 (d, J= 8.IHz, IH), 4.65 (q, J = 8.I2Hz, 1H), 4.18 (q, J= 6.5Hz, 2H), 4.00 (m, IH), 3.98 (d, J= 7.3Hz, 2H), 2.98 (d, J= 5.8Hz, 2H), 2.80 (m, 5H), 2.61 (s, 3H), 2.I-I.4 (complex signal, 5H), L25 (t, J=
6.5Hz, 3H).
(S)-1-[[1-[[N-(1-Ethoxycarb onyl-1-phenylmethyl)amino]carb onyl]-4 piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example 36, but using N
phenoxycarbonyl-L-phenylglycine ethyl ester (prepared from L-phenylglycine I S ethyl ester and phenyl chloroformate) instead of N-phenoxycarbonyl-L
Leucine ethyl ester, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (61%).
mp: I53-154°C (C24H29N5~3~1/2H20);
1H NMR (SOMHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.96 (s, IH), 8.37 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.33 (m, 5H), 7.20 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 5.5I (m, 2H), 4.18 (q, J= 6.5Hz, 2H), 4.00 (m, IH), 3.98 2 0 (d, J= 7.3Hz, 2H), 2.72 (m, 3H), 2.6I (s, 3H), 2.1-I.4 (complex signal, 5H), L20 (t, J=
6.5Hz, 3H).
1-[[1-(3-Phenylbutanoyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5 c]pyridine 2 5 Following the procedure described in example 1, but using 3-phenylbutanoic and instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (38%).
mp: 38-41°C (C23H2sN40.H20);
1H NMR (SOMHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.87 (s, IH), 8.28 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.16 (m, 3 0 6H), 4.60 (m, IH), 3.76 (m, 3H), 3.30 (m, IH), 2.50 (s, 3H), 3-0.5 (complex signal, 9H), L25 (d, J= 6.9Hz, 3H).
1-[[1-(3-Methyl-3-phenylbutanoyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine 3 5 Following the procedure described in example I, but using 3-methyl-3-phenylbutanoic acid (obtained in reference example 19) instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (58%).
mp: 37-45°C (C24H3pN40.1 /2H20);
SUBSTITUTE Sf-,EET (MULE 261 wo ~n43i7 PC"T/EP95/03487 IH NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.95 (s, 1H), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.26 (m, 6H), 4.65 (m, IH), 3.86 (d, J= 7.IHz, 2H), 3.50 (m, IH), 2.58 (s, 3H), 3-0.5 (complex signal, 9H),1.25 (s, 6H).
S 1-[[1-[(N-methyl-N-phenylamino)acetyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methyiimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example l, but using N-methyl-N-phenylaminoacetic acid (obtained in reference example 20) instead of 3,3 diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (39%).
mp: 74-78°C (C~H2~NgO.H20);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.96 (s, IH), 8.36 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.21 (m, 3H), 6.7I (m, 3H), 4.60 (m, I H), 4.05 (s, 2H), 3.92 (d, J= 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.80 (m, 1 H), 2.99 (s, 3H), 2.59 (s, 3H), 3-1 (complex signal, 7H).
1-[[1-(3-Methyl-3-(4-nitrophenyl)butanoyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-IH-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example I, but using 3-methyl-3 (4-nitrophenyl)butanoic acid (obtained in reference example ZI) instead of 3,3 2 0 diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as an oil (28%).
1H RMN (80MHz, CDCl3) S (TMS): 8.96 (s, IH), 8.37 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 8.I1 (d, J=
8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.51 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.I8 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 4.55 (m, IH), 3.95 (d, J=
7.IHz, 2H), 3.83 (m, IH), 2.59 (s, 3H), 3-0.5 (complex signal, 9H), I.50 (s, 6H).
2 5 1-[[1-[3-(4-Aminophenyl)-3-methylbutanoyI]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in reference example 3, but starting from the compound obtained in example 43, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (57%).
3 0 mp: I72-I73°C (C24H31 N50.3 /4H20);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDC13) S (TMS): 8.96 (s, 1H), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.I8 (m, 3H), 6.62 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 2H), 4.65 (m, 1H), 3.86 (d, J= 7.IHz, 2H), 3.63 (m, 2H), 3.50 (m, IH), 2.59 (s, 3H), 3-0.5 (complex signal, 9H), I.25 (s, 6H).
3 5 1-[[1-[[N-(Diphenylmethyl)amino]carbonyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-IH 2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example 36, but using N-phenoxycarbonyl-N-(diphenylmethyl)amine (prepared from aminodiphenylmethane and phenyl chloroformate) instead of N-SUBSTITUTE S~ ~T (RULE 26) phenoxycarbonyl-L-Leucine ethyl ester, ~~the title compound was obtained as a white solid (26%).
mp: ZI2-2I8°C (C2~H29N50.H20);
1H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.96 (s, 1H), 8.35 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 7.27 (m, lIH), 6.14 (d, J= 7.OHz, IH), 5.12 (d, J= 7.OHz, IH), 4.00 (m, IH), 3.96 (d, j= 7.3Hz, ZH), 2.70 (m, 2H), 2.61 (s, 3H), 2.I-1.I (complex signal, 6H).
I-[[I-[[N-(4-Aminobenzoyl)-N-methylamino]acetyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-IH-2 methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine 1 0 a) 1-[[I-[(N-methyl-N-tent butoxycarbonylamino)acetyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example I, but using N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methylamino]acetic acid instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic aad, the desired product was obtained (63%).
b) 1-[[I-[N-methylaminoacetyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in reference example 5, but starting from the compound obtained in section a), the desired product was prepared (quantitative yield).
2 0 c) Title compound Following the procedure described in example 6b, but using the compound obtained in example 46b instead of the compound obtained in example 6a, the title compound was obtained (32%).
mp: I20-124°C (C23H28N6D2.H20);
2 5 1 H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) S (TMS): 8.97 (s, I H), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, I H), 7.25 (m, 3H), 6.61 (d, J= 9.OHz, 2H), 4.64 (m, 1H), 4.01 (m, 2H), 3.98 (d, J= 7.IHz, ZH), 3.10 (s, 3H), 2.62 (s, 3H), 3.3-1 (complex signal, IOH).
1-[[I-(3-Hydroxy-3-phenyl-3-trifluoromethylpropionyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-IH-3 0 2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example I, but using 3-hydroxy-3-phenyl-3-trifluoromethylpropionic acid (obtained in reference example 11) instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (I5%).
3 5 mp: 210-21I°C (C23H25F3N402.1 /2H20);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.90 (s, IH), 8.36 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.35 (m, 6H), 4.68 (m, 1H), 4.60 (m, IH), 3.94 (m, 3H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 3-0.5 (complex signal, 9H).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 96/14317 ", traps -1-[[1-[3-(4-Aminophenyl)-2-butenoyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-IH-2 methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example I, but using 3-(4 nitrophenyl)-2-butenoic acid (obtained in reference example 22), and hydrogenating the compound thus obtained according to the procedure described in reference example 3, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (22%).
mp: 106-I10°C (C23HZ~N50.I /2H20);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDC13) S (TMS): 8.98 (s, IH), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.27 (m, 1 0 3H), 6.60 (d, J= 8.5Hz, ZH), 6.I7 (s, 1H), 4.67 (m, IH), 3.90 (d, J=
7.2Hz, 2H), 3.81 (m,1H), 2.63 (s, 3H), 2.23 (s, 3H), 3.1-0.5 (complex signal, 9H).
1-[[1-[(Phenylamino)acetyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5 c]pyridine 1 5 Following the procedure described in example I, but using N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-N-phenylglycine instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, and then subjecting the resulting compound to the procedure described in reference example 5, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (49%).
mp: 2I9-220 °C (CZ1H25NgO.H20);
2 0 IH NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) b (TMS): 9.00 (s, IH), 8.40 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 7.20 (m, 4H), 6.66 (m, 2H), 4.72 (m, 2H), 3.89 (m, 5H), 2.63 (s, 3H), 3.2-I (m, 7H).
(R)-1-[[1-[(1-Phenylethylamino)carbonyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine 2 5 Following the procedure described in example 36, but using (R)-N-phenoxycarbonyl-I-phenylethylamine (prepared from (R)-I-phenylethylamine and phenyl chloroformate) instead of N-phenoxycarbonyl-L-Leucine ethyl ester, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (37%).
mp: 80-84 °C (C~H2~NgO.I /2H20);
3 0 IH NMR (80MHz, CDCI3) 8 (TMS): 8.97 (s, 1H), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.30 (m, 5H), 7.20 (d, j= 5.5Hz, IH), S.OI (quint, J= 6.8 Hz, IH), 4.70 (broad d, J=
7.1 Hz, IH), 4.02 (m, IH), 3.97 (d, J= 7.3Hz, ZH), 2.68 (broad t, J= I2.7Hz, 2H), 2.62 (s, 3H), 1.48 (d, J= 6.5 Hz, 3H), 2.1-1.3 (m, 6H).
3 5 (S)-1-[[1-[(1-Phenylethylamino)carbonyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example 36, but using (S)-N-phenoxycarbonyl-1-phenylethylamine (prepared from (S)-1-phenylethylamine SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) SS
and phenyl chloroformate) instead of N-phenoxycarbonyl-L-Leucine ethyl ester, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (41 %).
mp: 79-83 °C (C~H2~NSO.I /2H20);
IH NMR (SOMHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.98 (s, 1H), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.26 (m, 5H), 7.20 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), S.OI (quint, J= 6.8 Hz, IH), 4.68 (broad d, J=
7.I Hz, IH), 4.02 (m, IH), 3.97 (d, J= 7.3Hz, 2H), 2.68 (broad t, J= I2.7Hz, ZH), 2.62 (s, 3H), 1.48 (d, J= 6.5 Hz, 3H), 2.I-L3 (m, 6H).
I-[(1-[(N-Benzoyl-N-phenylamino)acetyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-IFi-2 1 0 methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine To a cooled (0 °C) solution of the compound obtained in example 49 (0.3 g, 0.824 mmol) and Et3N (O.II mL) in CH2Cl2 (6 mL), was added dropwise a solution of benzoyl chloride (0.09 mL) in CH2C12 (0.2 mL) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The resulting solution was treated 1 5 with 0.5N NaOH and extracted with CH2C12 (3x). The organic phase was dried and concentrated to a residue that was purified by chromatography on silica gel (CHCl3-MeOH, 8%) to afford the title compound (70%).
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 CTMS): 8.96 (m, IH), 8.38 (m, IH), 7.I6 (m, IIH), 4.68 (m, 3H), 3.92 (m, 3H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 3.2-I.2 (m, 7H).
2 0 The hydrochloride was prepared following the procedure described in example I3.
mp: 145-I52 °C (CZgH29N502.3HC1.Hz0).
1-[[1-[[N-methyl-N-(4-nitrobenzenesulfonyl)amino]acetyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-2 5 iH-2-methyiimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example 52, but starting from the compound obtained in example 46b) and using 4-nitrobenzenesulfonyl chloride instead of benzoyl chloride, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (48%).
3 0 mp: 98-I04 °C (CuH261V605S.H20);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDC13) b (TMS): 8.99 (s, IH), 8.39 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 8.36 (d, J=
6.9 Hz, 2H), 7.99 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 2H), 7.22 (d, J= 5.5Hz, I H), 4.52 (m, I H), 3.97 (m, SH), 2.89 (s, 3H), 2.64 (s, 3H), 3.2-I.3 (m, 7H).
3 5 1-([1-((N-Ethoxycarbonyl-N-(4-nitrophenyl)amino]acetyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example 1, but using N-ethoxycarbonvl-N-(4-nitrophenyl)aminoacetic acid (obtained in reference SULSTITUTE Si-~EET (RULE 26) WO 96/14317 " PCT/EP95/03487 example 23) instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (64%).
I H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.96 (s, IH), 8.37 (d, J= 5.5Hz,1 H), 8.13 (d, J=
7.05Hz, 2H), 7.48 (d, J= 7.05Hz, 2H), 7.21 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 4.65 (m, IH), 4.SI (d, J=
4.3 Hz, 2H), 4.22 (q, J= 7.I Hz, 2H), 4.02 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.80 (m, IH), 2.63 (s, 3H), 3.I-I.3 (m, 7H),1.24 (t, J= 7.I Hz, 3H).
1-[[1-[[N-(4-Aminophenyl)-N-ethoxycarbonylamino]acetyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in reference example 3, but starting from the compound obtained in example 54, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (74%).
mp: I37 I38 °C (C24H3pN603.H20);
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCI3) 8 (TMS): 8.98 (s, IH), 8.40 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.20 (d, J=
1 5 5.5Hz, 1H), 7.I0 (d, J= 7.05Hz, 2H), 6.60 (d, J= 7.05Hz, 2H), 4.65 (m, IH), 4.30 (m 2H), 4.I0 (m, 4H), 3.80 (m, 3H), 2.62 (s, 3H), 3.I-I:3 (m, 7H), I.I7 (t, J=
6.9 Hz, 3H).
traps -1-[[1-(3-Phenyl-2-pentenoyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine 2 0 Following the procedure described in example I, but using traps-3-phenyl-2-pentenoic acid (obtained in reference example 24) instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (74%).
mp: 59-62 ° C (C24H2gN40.I /2H20);
2 5 1H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.99 (s, IH), 8.40 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.36 (m, SH), 7.20 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1 H), 6.09 (s, 1 H), 4.75 (m, I H), 4.05 (m, I H), 4.01 (d, j= 7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.72 (q, J= 7.4 Hz, 2H), 2.64 (s, 3H), 3.I-I.3 (m, 7H),1.02 (t, j=
7.4 Hz, 3H).
1-[[1-[[N-(2-Methoxyb enzyl )amino] carbonyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-3 0 methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example 36, but using N
phenoxycarbonyl-N-(2-methoxybenzyl)amine (prepared from 2 methoxybenzylamine and phenyl chloroformate) instead of N
phenoxycarbonyl-L-Leucine ethyl ester, the title compound was obtained as a 3 5 white solid (I7%).
mp: 76-85 °C (CuH2~N50~;
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCI3) b (TMS): 8.96 (s, IH), 8.35 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.25 (m, 3H), 7.89 (t, J= 7.2Hz, 2H), 5.I4 (t, J= 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.40 (d, J= 5.6 Hz, ZH), 3.91 (m 4H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 2.8-I.3 (m, 71-0.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) $7 (R)-1-[(I-(((1-Ethoxycarbonyl-1-phenyl)methyiamino]carbonyl]-4 piperidyl]methyl]-IH-2-methylimidazo(4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example 36, but using (R)-N-phenoxycarbonyl-2-phenylglycine ethyl ester (prepared from (R)-2-phenylglycine ethyl ester and phenyl chloroformate) instead of N-phenoxycarbonyl-L-Leucine ethyl ester, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (27%).
mp: 78-80 °C (C24H29N503~ I /2H20);
1 0 1 H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) b (TMS): 8.96 (s, I H), 8.35 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 7.33 (s, SH), 7.I9 (d, J=5.5Hz, 1H), 5.52 (m, 2H), 4.I3 (m, 6H), 2.7I (m 2H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 2.I0 (m, IH),1.45 (m, 4H), LI9 (t, J= 7.1 Hz, 3H).
I-[[I-[(I-Phenyl-1-cyclopropylamino)carbonyl]-4-piperidyI]methyl]-1H-2 1 5 methylimidazo(4,5-clpyridine To a solution of I-phenyl-1-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (I.62 g, O.OI mol) and Et3N (1.I4 mL) in benzene (40 mL) was added dropwise diphenylphosphorylazide (2.14 mL). The mixture was heated at 90 °C for Z h.
The compound obtained in reference example 5 (1.6 g, 6.8 mmol) was then 2 0 added and the mixture was heated at 90 °C overnight. After cooling, 1N NaOH
was added and it was extracted with EtOAc (3x). The organic phase was dried and concentrated to a residue which was purified by chromatography on silica gel (CHCI3-MeOH, IO%a) to afford the title compound as a white solid (1.24 g, 47%).
2 5 mp: 227-228 °C (C23H2~N50);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDCI3) 8 (TMS): 8.98 (s, IH), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 7.23 (s, 6H), 5.44 (s, I H), 4.02 (m, 2H), 3.97 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 2.64 (m 2H), 2.62 (s, 3H), 2.I0 (m, IH), I.55 (m, 4H), L22 (s, 4H).
3 0 (S)-1-((1-[(2-Ethoxy-I-phenylethylamino)carbonyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-IH-2-methylimidazo(4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example 36, but using (S)-N-phenoxycarbonyl-2-phenylglycinol ethyl ether (prepared from 2-phenylglyanol ethyl ether and phenyl chloroformate) instead of N-phenoxycarbonyl-L-3 5 Leucine ethyl ester, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (24%).
mp: 68-70 °C (C24H31N5~:
I H NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) b (TMS): 8.97 (s, I H), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.29 (s, 5H), 7.21 (d, J=5.5Hz, IH), 5.36 (d, J= 6.4 Hz, IH), 5.01 (q, J= 5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.05 (m, SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 2H), 3.96 (d, J= 7.I Hz, 2H), 3.54 (m, 4H), 2.75 (m, 2H), 2.61 (s, 3H), 2.i0 (m, IH), 1.45 (m, 4H),1.I5 (t, J= 6.9 Hz, 3H).
1-[[1-((2-Methyl-2-phenylpropyl)sulfonyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2 methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine To a solution of the compound obtained in reference example 5 (I g, 4 mmol) and Et3N (0.6 mL) in CHC13 (20 mL), was added 2-methyl-2-phenylpropylsulfonyl chloride (2.32 g, IO mmol, obtained in reference example 25) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The resulting solution was diluted with CHCl3, washed with 0.5N NaOH, dried and concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel (CHCl3-MeOH, 5%) to afford a solid which was recrystallized from hot EtOAc.
The title compound was obtained as a white solid (0.4 g, 25%).
mp: I65-I66 °C (C23H3pN402S);
1 5 1H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.98 (s, IH), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.32 (m, 5H), 7.I7 (d, J=5.5Hz, IH), 3.94 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.65 (broad d, J= 12.0 Hz, 2H), 3.I6 (s, 2H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 2.I8 (broad t, J=12.0 Hz, 2H), I.58 (s, 6H), I.48 (m, 5H).
1-[[1-(3-Phenylpropionyl)-4-piperidyl)methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-2 0 c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example 1, but using 3-phenylpropionic acid instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid.
mp: 52-58 °C (C??H261V40.3/4H20);
2 5 IH NMR (80MHz, CDC13) S (TMS): 8.96 (s, 1H), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 7.23 (m, 6H), 4.71 (broad d, J= I3.6 Hz, IH), 3.94 (d, J= 7.2I Hz, 2H), 3.56 (broad d, J= 13.6 Hz, 1H), 2.80 (m, 2H), 2.62 (m, 2H), 2.61 (s, 3H), 2.7-0.8 (m, 7H).
1-([1-[[1-(4-Nitrophenyl)ethylamino]carbonyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl)-1H-2-3 0 methylimidazo[4,5-c)pyridine Following the procedure described in example 59, but using 2-(4-nitrophenyl)propionic acid instead of I-phenyl-I-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (57%).
IH NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.95 (s, IH), 8.35 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 8.22 (d, J=
3 5 9.I Hz, 2H), 7.45 (d, J= 9.I Hz, 2H), 7.20 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 5.03 (m, 2H), 4.05 (m, 2H), 3.96 (d, J= 7.I Hz, 2H), 2.7I (m, 2H), 2.62 (s, 3H), I.48 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 2.2-1.0 (m, 5H).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 96/14317 :.j ;~'~.i~'-~ ~y ~ pCT/Ep95/03487 1-[[1-[[1-(4-Aminophenyl)ethylamino]carbonyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2 methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine A solution of the compound obtained in example 63 (0.8 g, I.89 mmol) and SnC12.2H20 (2.128 g, 9.4 mmol) in EtOH (25 mL) was heated at 60 °C
and y 5 then a solution of NaBH4 (0.035 g, 0.94 mmol) in EtOH (I5 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was heated at 60 °C for I h and was then cooled to IO °C, made basic and extracted with CHC13, washing with water. The organic phase was dried and concentrated to a residue which was chromatographed on silica gel (CHCI3:MeOH:NH3, 60:20:0.2) to afford the title 1 0 compound (27 mg, 4%).
mp: I22-128 °C (CuH2gN60.3/2H20);
1H NMR (80MHz, CDCI3) S (TMS): 8.96 (s,1H), 8.36 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.18 (d, J=
5.5Hz, IH), 7.II (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 2H), 6.62 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, ZH), 4.90 (quint, J=
6.7 Hz, 1H), 3.96 (d, J= 6.4 Hz, IH), 3.96 (m, 4H), 2.64 (m, 2H), 2.6I (s, 3H), 2.I0 (m, IH), 1 5 I.43 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H),1.26 (m, 6H).
traps -1-[[1-[3-(4-Aminophenyl)propenoyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example I, but using traps-4-2 0 aminocinnamic acid hydrochloride instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (7I %a).
mp: I IS-I20 °C (C~Hz5N50.1 /2H20);
1H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.99 (s, IH), 8.40 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.62 (d, J=
I5.3Hz, I H), 7.32 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.20 (d, J= 5.5Hz, I H), 6.64 (d, j=
I5.3 Hz, I H), 2 5 6.63 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 2H), 4.40 (m, 1 H), 4.00 (d, J= 7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.94 (m, I H), 2.80 (m, 2H), 2.64 (s, 3H), 2.4-I.2 (m, 7H).
1-[[I-[[N-(2-Methoxyphenyl)-N-methylamino]acetyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2 methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine 3 0 Following the procedure described in example l, but using [N-(2-methoxyphenyl)-N-methylamino)acetic acid (obtained in reference example 26) instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (7I %).
mp: 59-64 °C (C23H29N502.I /2H20);
3 S 1H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.98 (s, IH), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.20 (d, J=
5.5Hz, 1H), 7.06 (m, 3H), 4.45 (m, IH), 4.42 (m, IH), 3.97 (m, 4H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 2.87 (s, 3H), 2.63 (m, 3H), 2.62 (s, 3H), 2.4-I.2 (m, 5H).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 1-[[I-[[4-(tent Butoxycarbonylamino)phenylmethylamino)carbonyl]-4 piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example 59, but using 4-(N-fert butoxycarbonylamino)phenylacetic acid instead of I-phenyl-1 5 cyclopropanecarboxylic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (94%).
mp:125-I30 °C (C26H3~N603.I /2H20);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.96 (s, IH), 8.36 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), ?.28 (m, 5H), 6.90 (s, IH), 5.05 (m, IH), 4.3I (d, J= 5.2 Hz, 2H), 4.03 (m, 2H), 3.96 (d, J= 7.1 1 0 Hz, 2H), 2.62 (m, 2H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 2.I-I.2 (m, 5H),1.50 (s, 9H). .
1-[[1-[(4-Aminophenylmethylamino)carbonyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2 methylimidazo[4,5-c)pyridine Following the procedure described in reference example 5, but starting 1 5 from the compound obtained in example 67, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (70%).
mp: 104-109 °C (C21H26N60.H20);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.92 (s, 1H), 8.34 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.I9 (d, j=
5.5Hz, IH), 7.05 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 2H), 6.58 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 2H), 5.05 (m, IH), 4.26 (d, J=
2 0 5.2 Hz, 2H), 4.08 (m, 2H), 3.96 (d, J= 7.I Hz, 2H), 3.40 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 2.59 (s, 3H), 2.I-I.2 (m, SH).
1-[[1-[3-(2-Methoxyphenyl)propionyl)-4-pip eridyl]methyl]-1H-2 methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine 2 5 Following the procedure described in example I, but using 3-(2-methoxyphenyl)propionic acid instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (20%).
mp: 54-56 °C (C23HZgN402.I /2H20);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.97 (s, 1H), 8.37 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.15 (m, 3 0 3H), 6.86 (m, 2H), 4.7I (broad d, J= I3.6 Hz, IH), 3.94 (d, J= 7.2I Hz, 2H), 3.81 (m, 1H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 2.97 (m, ZH), 2.62 (s, 3H), 2.6I (m, 4H), 2.3-0.8 (m, SH).
1-[[1-[[(1-Phenyl-1-cyciopropyl)methoxy)carbonyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2 methyiimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine 3 5 Following the procedure described in example 36, but using phenyl (I-phenyl-1-cyclopropyl)methyl carbonate (prepared from 1-phenyl-I-cyclopropanemethanol and phenyl chloroformate) instead of N-phenoxycarbonyl-L-Leucine ethyl ester, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (23%).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 96/14317 i J a PCT/EP95/03487 mp: I38-140 °C (C2qH2gN4O2.I /2H20);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS):~8.97 ~s, IH), 8.37 (d, j= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.27 (s, 5H), 7.I9 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 4.16 (s, 2H), 4.I5 (broad d, J= I3.6 Hz, 2H), 3.94 (d, J=
7.2I Hz, 2H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 2.3-0.8 (m, 5H), 0.92 (s, 4H).
traps-1-[[1-[3-(Methoxymethyl)-3-phenylpropenoyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl)-IH-2 methylimidazo[4,5-c)pyridine Following the procedure described in example I, but using traps-3 (methoxymethyl)-3-phenylpropenoic acid (obtained in reference example 27) instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid.
mp: 63-67 °C (C24HzgN402.H2O);
1H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.98 (s, IH), 8.40 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 7.27 (m, 5H), 7.I8 (d, j= 5.5Hz, IH), 6.39 (s, IH), 4.60 (m, IH), 3.98 (m, IH), 3.96 (d, J= 7.2 1 5 Hz, ZH), 3.7I (s, 3H), 3.54 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 3.1-1.3 (m, 7H).
1-[[1-[[N-(4-Nitrophenylsulfonyl)-N-phenylamino)acetyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl) 1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c)pyridine To a solution of the compound obtained in example 49 (2.5 g, 6.9 mmol) 2 0 in pyridine was added 4-nitrobenzenesulfonyl chloride (I.54 g) and the resulting mixture was heated at 60 °C for 18 h. The solvent was removed and the residue partitioned between 0.5 N NaOH and CHC13. The organic phase was dried and concentrated to a residue which was chromatographed on silica gel (CHCI3:MeOH, IO%) to afford the title compound as a yellow solid (2.93 g, 2 S 78%).
mp: 1 I 0-1 I5 °C (CZ~H2gN605S.1 / 2H20);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 9.00 (s, IH), 8.40 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 8.26 (d, J=
8.8Hz, 2H), 7.84 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.27 (m, 5H), 7.I8 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1 H), 4.70 (m, IH), 4.52 (s, 2H), 4.00 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.80 (m, IH), 2.64 (s, 3H), 3.I-I.3 (m, 7H).
1-j[1-[[N-(4-Aminophenylsulfonyl)-N-phenylamino)acetyl)-4-piperidyl)methyl)-iH-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c)pyridine Following the procedure described in reference example 3, but starting from the compound obtained in example 72, the title compound was obtained 3 5 as a white solid (78%).
mp: 147-I57°C (C2~H3pN603S.H2O);
1H NMR (80MHz, CDC13) 8 (TMS): 8.79 (s, 1H), 8.38 (d, J= 5.5Hz, 1H), 7.45 (d, J=
8.8Hz, ZH), 7.26 (m, 6H), 6.94 (d, J= 8.8Hz, 2H), 4.36 (m, IH), 4.35 (s, 2H), 4.00 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.98 (m,1H), 2.63 (s, 3H), 3.3-1.0 (m, 9H).
CI !F~CTITI ITF ~IlCC'T flat tl C ~Rv WO 96/14317 ~ PCT/EP95/03487 1-[[1-[(2-Methyl-2-phenylpropylamino)carbonyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2 methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example 59, but using 3-methyl-3-phenylbutanoic acid (obtained in-reference example I9) instead of 1-phenyl-1-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (36%).
mp: 66-69 °C (C24H31N50.1 /2H20);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) 8 (TMS): 8.98 (s, IH), 8.39 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.25 (m, 5H), 7.I8 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 4.08 (m, 1H), 3.94 (d, J= 7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.78 (broad d, J=
I6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.43 (d, J= 5.7 Hz, 2H), 2.61 (s, 3H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 2.I-0.8 (m, 5H), L33 (s, 6H).
1-[[1-[[N-Isobutyl-N-(4-nitrophenylsulfonyl) amino]acetyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]
1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in example I, but using N-isobutyl-N-(4-nitrophenylsulfonyl)aminoacetic acid (obtained in reference example 28) instead of 3,3-diphenylpropionic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (71 %).
2 0 IH NMR (SOMHz, CDCl3) S (1'MS): 8.98 (s, IH), 8.40 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 8.31 (d, J=
8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.00 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.2I (d, J= 5.5Hz, I H), 4.50 (m, I H), 4. I6 (s, ZH), 4.01 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, ZH), 3.85 (m, IH), 3.08 (d, J= 7.4 Hz, ZH), 2.63 (s, 3H), 3.1-1.2 (m, 8H), 0.87 (d, J= 6.5 Hz, 6H).
2 5 1-[[1-[[N-(4-Aminophenylsulfonyl)-N-isobutylamino]acetyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl)-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Following the procedure described in reference example 3, but starting from the compound obtained in example 75, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (67%).
3 0 mp: II2-I16 °C (C25H34N603S.3/2H20);
IH NMR (80MHz, CDCl3) S (TMS): 8.96 (s, IH), 8.39 (d, j= 5.5Hz, IH), 7.5I (d, J=
8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.20 (d, J= 5.5Hz, IH), 6.63 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.50 (m, 3H), 3.89 (m, 5H), 3.00 (m, 2H), 2.62 (s, 3H), 3.I-I.2 (m, 8H), 0.84 (d, J= 6.5 Hz, 6H).
~I IR~,T~ i 1 ITF CI-I~CT 1171 II G '7~1
Claims (26)
1. A compound of formula I:
wherein:
m represents 0, 1 or 2;
a, b and c represent CR, wherein each R independently represents hydrogen or C1-4 alkyl;
R1 represents C1-4 alkyl or C3-7 cycloalkyl;
A represents -CO-, -SO2-, -NHCO- or -OCO-;
B represents a group of formula (i), and when A represents -CO- or -SO2-, then B can also represent a group of formula (ii) or (iii) n represents 0, 1, 2 or 3;
one of R2 or R3 represents C1-4 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl or aryl, and the other represents hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy-alkyl, aryl or aryl-C1-4 alkyl;
Z represents hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, -CH2-OR4, -COOR4 or -CONR4R5, and when A represents -CO- or -SO2-, then Z can also be hydroxy, -NR4R5, -NR6C(=O)OR4, -NR6C(=O)R4, -NR6C(=O)NR4R5, -N(OH)C(=O)NR4R5 or -NR6SO2R4;
or Z and R3 together form a C2-5 polymethylene chain in which case R2 represents C1-4 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl or aryl;
R4 represents hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, aryl or aryl-C1-4 alkyl;
R5 and R6 independently represent hydrogen or C1-4 alkyl;
R7 represents C1-4 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-4 alkyl or bisaryl-C1-4 alkyl;
Y represents hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-4 alkyl, -C(=O)OR4, -C(=O)R4, -C(=O)NR4R5, or -SO2R4;
aryl, whenever appearing in the above definitions, represents phenyl or phenyl substituted with 1, 2, 3 or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, hydroxy; C1-4 haloalkyl, C1-4 haloalkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino; C1-4 alkylamino, C1-4 dialkylamino, C1-4 alkylcarbonyl, C1-4 alkylcarbonyloxy, C1-4 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-4 alkylsulfonyl, C1-4 alkylsulfinyl, 4 alkylthio, C1-4 alkylcarbonylamino or C1-4 alkoxycarbonylamino;
and the salts and solvates thereof.
wherein:
m represents 0, 1 or 2;
a, b and c represent CR, wherein each R independently represents hydrogen or C1-4 alkyl;
R1 represents C1-4 alkyl or C3-7 cycloalkyl;
A represents -CO-, -SO2-, -NHCO- or -OCO-;
B represents a group of formula (i), and when A represents -CO- or -SO2-, then B can also represent a group of formula (ii) or (iii) n represents 0, 1, 2 or 3;
one of R2 or R3 represents C1-4 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl or aryl, and the other represents hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy-alkyl, aryl or aryl-C1-4 alkyl;
Z represents hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, -CH2-OR4, -COOR4 or -CONR4R5, and when A represents -CO- or -SO2-, then Z can also be hydroxy, -NR4R5, -NR6C(=O)OR4, -NR6C(=O)R4, -NR6C(=O)NR4R5, -N(OH)C(=O)NR4R5 or -NR6SO2R4;
or Z and R3 together form a C2-5 polymethylene chain in which case R2 represents C1-4 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl or aryl;
R4 represents hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, aryl or aryl-C1-4 alkyl;
R5 and R6 independently represent hydrogen or C1-4 alkyl;
R7 represents C1-4 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-4 alkyl or bisaryl-C1-4 alkyl;
Y represents hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-4 alkyl, -C(=O)OR4, -C(=O)R4, -C(=O)NR4R5, or -SO2R4;
aryl, whenever appearing in the above definitions, represents phenyl or phenyl substituted with 1, 2, 3 or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, hydroxy; C1-4 haloalkyl, C1-4 haloalkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino; C1-4 alkylamino, C1-4 dialkylamino, C1-4 alkylcarbonyl, C1-4 alkylcarbonyloxy, C1-4 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-4 alkylsulfonyl, C1-4 alkylsulfinyl, 4 alkylthio, C1-4 alkylcarbonylamino or C1-4 alkoxycarbonylamino;
and the salts and solvates thereof.
2.- A compound as claimed in claim 1 wherein m represents 1 or 2.
3.- A compound as claimed in claim 1 or 2 wherein A represents -CO- or =SO2-.
4.- A compound as claimed in claim 1 or 2 wherein A represents -NHCO- or -OCO-.
5. - A compound as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 4 wherein B represents a group of formula (i).
6.- A compound as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 5 wherein n represents 0, 1 or 2.
7.- A compound as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 3 wherein B represents a group of formula (ii).
8.- A compound as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 3 wherein B represents a group of formula (iii).
9 - A compound as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 6 wherein Z represents hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, -CH2-OR4, -COOR4, or -CONR4R5, and when A
represents -CO- or -SO2-, Z can also represent hydroxy, -NR6C(=O)OR4, -NR6C(=O)R4 or -NR6SO2R4; or Z and R3 together form a C2-5 polymethylene chain.
represents -CO- or -SO2-, Z can also represent hydroxy, -NR6C(=O)OR4, -NR6C(=O)R4 or -NR6SO2R4; or Z and R3 together form a C2-5 polymethylene chain.
10.- A compound as claimed in any one of claim 1, 2, 3 and 8 wherein R7 represents C1-4 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl or aryl.
11.- A compound as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 10 wherein aryl represents phenyl or phenyl substituted with 1, 2, 3 or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, hydroxy, C1-4 haloalkyl, C1-4 haloalkoxy or amino.
12.- A compound as claimed in claim 2 wherein:~
A represents -CO- or -SO2-;
B represents a group of formula (i), (ii) or (iii);
n represents 1 or 2;
one of R2 or R3 represents C1-4 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl or aryl, and the other represents hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy-C1-4 alkyl, aryl or aryl-C1-4-alkyl;
Z represents hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, -CH2-OR4, -COOR4, -CONR4R5, hydroxy, -NR6C(=O)OR4, -NR6C(=O)R4 or -NR6SO2R4;
or Z and R3 together form a C2-5 polymethylene chain in which ease R2 represents C1-4 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl or aryl ;
R7 represents C1-4 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl or aryl; and aryl represents phenyl or phenyl substituted with 1, 2, 3 or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, hydroxy, C1-4 haloalkyl, C1-4 haloalkoxy or amino.
A represents -CO- or -SO2-;
B represents a group of formula (i), (ii) or (iii);
n represents 1 or 2;
one of R2 or R3 represents C1-4 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl or aryl, and the other represents hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy-C1-4 alkyl, aryl or aryl-C1-4-alkyl;
Z represents hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, -CH2-OR4, -COOR4, -CONR4R5, hydroxy, -NR6C(=O)OR4, -NR6C(=O)R4 or -NR6SO2R4;
or Z and R3 together form a C2-5 polymethylene chain in which ease R2 represents C1-4 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl or aryl ;
R7 represents C1-4 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl or aryl; and aryl represents phenyl or phenyl substituted with 1, 2, 3 or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, hydroxy, C1-4 haloalkyl, C1-4 haloalkoxy or amino.
13.- A compound as claimed in claim 2 wherein:
A represents -NHCO- or -OCO-;
B represents a group of formula (i);
n represents 0 or 1; and aryl represents phenyl or phenyl substituted with 1, 2, 3 or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, hydroxy, C1-4 haloalkyl, C1-4 haloalkoxy or amino.
A represents -NHCO- or -OCO-;
B represents a group of formula (i);
n represents 0 or 1; and aryl represents phenyl or phenyl substituted with 1, 2, 3 or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, hydroxy, C1-4 haloalkyl, C1-4 haloalkoxy or amino.
14.- A compound as claimed in claim 12 wherein:
B represents a group of formula (i) or (iii);
one of R2 or R3 represents C1-4 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl or aryl, and the other represents hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy-C1-4 alkyl , aryl or aryl-C1-4 alkyl;
Z represents hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, -CH2-OR4, -COOR4 or hydroxy;
or Z and R3 together form a C2-5 polymethylene chain in which case R2 represents C1-4 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl or aryl;
R4 represents hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, aryl or aryl-C1-4 alkyl;
R7 represents C1-4 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, or aryl; and Y represents C1-4 alkyl, aryl or -SO2R4.
B represents a group of formula (i) or (iii);
one of R2 or R3 represents C1-4 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl or aryl, and the other represents hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy-C1-4 alkyl , aryl or aryl-C1-4 alkyl;
Z represents hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, -CH2-OR4, -COOR4 or hydroxy;
or Z and R3 together form a C2-5 polymethylene chain in which case R2 represents C1-4 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl or aryl;
R4 represents hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, aryl or aryl-C1-4 alkyl;
R7 represents C1-4 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, or aryl; and Y represents C1-4 alkyl, aryl or -SO2R4.
15. ~A compound as claimed in claim 12 wherein:
B represents a group of formula (ii); and one of R2 or R3 represents C1-4 alkyl or aryl, and the other represents hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy-C1-4 alkyl, aryl or aryl-C1-4 alkyl.
B represents a group of formula (ii); and one of R2 or R3 represents C1-4 alkyl or aryl, and the other represents hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy-C1-4 alkyl, aryl or aryl-C1-4 alkyl.
16.- A compound according to claim 1 selected from:
1-[(1-(3,3-diphenylpropionyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine;
1-[[1-[3-[N-(4-aminobenzoyl)amino]-3-phenylpropionyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine;
cis-1-[[1-[3-(4-aminophenyl)-3-phenylpropenoyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c] pyridine;
trans-1-[[1-[3-(4-aminophenyl)-3-phenylpropenoyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c] pyridine;
1-[[1-(3-hydroxy-3-phenylbutanoyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo-[4,5-c]pyridine;
1-[[1-[2-(4-aminophenyl)propionyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo-[4,5-c]pyridine;
I-[[I-(3-phenylhexanoyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyri-dine;
(S)-1-[[1-[[N-(1-ethoxycarbonyl-1-phenylmethyl)amino]carbonyl]-4-piperidyl]-methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine;
1-[[1-(3-phenylbutanoyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo(4,5-c]pyri-dine;
1-[[1-(3-methyl-3-phenylbutanoyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine;
1-[[1-[3-(4-aminophenyl)-3-methylbutanoyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methyl-imidazo(4,5-c]pyridine;
1-[[1-(3-hydroxy-3-phenyl-3-trifluoromethylpropionyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo(4,5-c]pyridine;
(R)-1-[[1-[(1-phenylethylamino)carbonyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimi-dazo[4,5-c]pyridine;
1-[[1-[(1-phenyl-1-cyclopropylamino)carbonyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methyl-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridine;
(S)-1-[[1-((2-ethoxy-1-phenylethylamino)carbonyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine;
1-[[1-[[N-(2-methoxyphenyl)-N-methylamino]acetyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine;
1-[[1-[[(1-phenyl-1-cyclopropyl)methoxy]carbonyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine;
1-[[1-[[N-(4-aminophenylsulfonyl)-N-phenylamino]acetyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine;
1-[(1-[(N-(4-aminophenylsulfonyl)-N-isobutylamino]acetyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine;
a salt thereof; and a solvate thereof.
1-[(1-(3,3-diphenylpropionyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine;
1-[[1-[3-[N-(4-aminobenzoyl)amino]-3-phenylpropionyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine;
cis-1-[[1-[3-(4-aminophenyl)-3-phenylpropenoyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c] pyridine;
trans-1-[[1-[3-(4-aminophenyl)-3-phenylpropenoyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c] pyridine;
1-[[1-(3-hydroxy-3-phenylbutanoyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo-[4,5-c]pyridine;
1-[[1-[2-(4-aminophenyl)propionyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo-[4,5-c]pyridine;
I-[[I-(3-phenylhexanoyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyri-dine;
(S)-1-[[1-[[N-(1-ethoxycarbonyl-1-phenylmethyl)amino]carbonyl]-4-piperidyl]-methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine;
1-[[1-(3-phenylbutanoyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo(4,5-c]pyri-dine;
1-[[1-(3-methyl-3-phenylbutanoyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine;
1-[[1-[3-(4-aminophenyl)-3-methylbutanoyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methyl-imidazo(4,5-c]pyridine;
1-[[1-(3-hydroxy-3-phenyl-3-trifluoromethylpropionyl)-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo(4,5-c]pyridine;
(R)-1-[[1-[(1-phenylethylamino)carbonyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimi-dazo[4,5-c]pyridine;
1-[[1-[(1-phenyl-1-cyclopropylamino)carbonyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methyl-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridine;
(S)-1-[[1-((2-ethoxy-1-phenylethylamino)carbonyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine;
1-[[1-[[N-(2-methoxyphenyl)-N-methylamino]acetyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine;
1-[[1-[[(1-phenyl-1-cyclopropyl)methoxy]carbonyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine;
1-[[1-[[N-(4-aminophenylsulfonyl)-N-phenylamino]acetyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine;
1-[(1-[(N-(4-aminophenylsulfonyl)-N-isobutylamino]acetyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine;
a salt thereof; and a solvate thereof.
17.- A pharmaceutical composition which comprises a compound of formula I as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 16 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
18.- Use of a compound of formula I as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 16 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, or a compositor as claimed in claim 17, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of diseases mediated by PAF.
19.- A process for preparing a compound of formula I as defined in claim 1 which comprises:
(A) reacting a compound of formula II, wherein a, b, c, m and R1 are as defined in claim 1, with an acid of formula BCOOH (III) or a derivative thereof, a sulfonyl chloride of formula BS02C1(IV), a compound of formula BOC(=O)G (V), a compound of formula BNHC(=O)G (VI) or a compound of formula BN=C=O (VII), wherein B is as defined in claim 1 and G represents a leaving group; and (B) if desired, after step A, reacting a compound of formula I with an acid to give the corresponding acid addition salt.
(A) reacting a compound of formula II, wherein a, b, c, m and R1 are as defined in claim 1, with an acid of formula BCOOH (III) or a derivative thereof, a sulfonyl chloride of formula BS02C1(IV), a compound of formula BOC(=O)G (V), a compound of formula BNHC(=O)G (VI) or a compound of formula BN=C=O (VII), wherein B is as defined in claim 1 and G represents a leaving group; and (B) if desired, after step A, reacting a compound of formula I with an acid to give the corresponding acid addition salt.
20. The process of claim 19, wherein the derivative of the acid of formula (III) is the acid chloride or anhydride.
21. The process of claim 19 or 20, wherein the leaving group is chloro or -OPh.
22. A compound of formula II
wherein a, b, c, m and R1 are as defined in claim 1.
wherein a, b, c, m and R1 are as defined in claim 1.
23. A compound according to claim 22 which is 1-[(4-piperidyl)methyl]-1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine.
24. A compound of formula I as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 16 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, or a composition as claimed in claim 17, for the treatment or prevention of diseases mediated by PAF.
25. Use of a compound of formula I as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 16 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, or a composition as claimed in claim 17, for the treatment or prevention of diseases mediated by PAF.
26. A commercial package comprising a compound of formula I as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 16 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, or a composition as claimed in claim 17, together with instructions for its use for the treatment or prevention of diseases mediated by PAF.
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
ES09402291A ES2087038B1 (en) | 1994-11-07 | 1994-11-07 | NEW PIPERIDINES WITH ANTAGONIST ACTIVITY OF THE PAF. |
ESES9402291 | 1994-11-07 | ||
PCT/EP1995/003487 WO1996014317A1 (en) | 1994-11-07 | 1995-09-05 | Novel piperidine derivatives with paf antagonist activity |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2180660A1 CA2180660A1 (en) | 1996-05-17 |
CA2180660C true CA2180660C (en) | 2007-04-03 |
Family
ID=37951688
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002180660A Expired - Fee Related CA2180660C (en) | 1994-11-07 | 1995-09-05 | Novel piperidine derivatives with paf antagonist activity |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
CA (1) | CA2180660C (en) |
-
1995
- 1995-09-05 CA CA002180660A patent/CA2180660C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CA2180660A1 (en) | 1996-05-17 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
EP0738269B1 (en) | Piperidine derivatives with paf antagonist activity | |
CA2509554C (en) | Tetrahydro-4h-pyrido[1,2-a]pyrimidines and related compounds useful as hiv integrase inhibitors | |
RU2712233C2 (en) | METHODS AND INTERMEDIATES IN PRODUCING C5aR ANTAGONISTS | |
DE69418601T2 (en) | GUANID DERIVATIVES WITH THERAPEUTIC EFFECT | |
DE69432019T2 (en) | AMIDINE DERIVATIVES WITH NITROGEN OXIDE SYNTHEASE ACTIVITY | |
JP2007528394A (en) | HIV integrase inhibitor | |
JP2008544964A (en) | Bicyclic derivatives as P38 kinase inhibitors | |
WO1999020606A2 (en) | Piperidines and piperazines as platelet aggregation inhibitors | |
JP2010513386A5 (en) | ||
KR20020081455A (en) | Amide compounds and use thereof | |
JP2010523630A (en) | Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compounds, their production and use as antibacterial agents | |
JP4115522B2 (en) | Novel azo derivatives of 5-aminosalicylic acid | |
AU2004293012A1 (en) | Quinazolinone compounds with reduced bioaccumulation | |
JPH06500085A (en) | Benzimidazole, its manufacture and use | |
DE69420310T2 (en) | Substituted pyrroles | |
MXPA97002919A (en) | Azo derivatives of 5-aminosalicilico acid for the treatment of inflammatory intestine disease | |
CA2180660C (en) | Novel piperidine derivatives with paf antagonist activity | |
WO2014056867A1 (en) | Azaindolines | |
HUT68936A (en) | Process for preparing 2-amino-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphtalene derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions containing them | |
EP0315112B1 (en) | Novel amide compounds | |
MXPA96002559A (en) | New derivatives of piperidine with activityantagonist | |
SK24795A3 (en) | 15-deoxyspergualine analogues, method of their preparation and their using in therapy | |
JPH09501182A (en) | Process and intermediates for producing naphthyridone carboxylate | |
JPS6127986A (en) | Condensed ring heterocyclic compound and preparation thereof | |
TW202432123A (en) | Imidazotriazine derivatives as il-17 modulators |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
EEER | Examination request | ||
MKLA | Lapsed |